study and design technical guideline for...

Japan International Cooperation Agency (JICA)

Oromia Irrigation Development Authority (OIDA)

STUDY AND DESIGN TECHNICAL GUIDELINE FOR IRRIGATION

PROJECTS

May, 2014

The Project for Capacity Building in Irrigaiton Development (CBID)

Foreword Oromia Irrigation Development Authority (OIDA) is established on June, 2013, as a responsible body for all irrigation development activities in the Region, according to Oromia National Regional Government proclamation No. 180/2005. The major purposes of the establishment are to accelerate irrigation development in the Region, utilize limited resources efficiently, coordinate all irrigation development activities under one institution with more efficiency and effectiveness. To improve irrigation development activities in the Region, the previous Oromia Water Mineral and Energy Bureau entered into an agreement with Japan International Cooperation Agency (JICA) for “The Project for Capacity Building in Irrigation Development (CBID)” since June, 2009 until May, 2014. CBID put much effort to capacitate Irrigation experts in Oromia Region through several activities and finally made fruitful results for irrigation development. Accordingly, irrigation projects are constructed and rehabilitated based on that several Guidelines & Manuals and texts produced which can result in a radical change when implemented properly. Herewith this massage, I emphasize that from Now on, OIDA to make efforts to utilize all outputs of the project for all irrigation activities as a minimum standard, especially for the enhancement of irrigation technical capacity. I believe that all OIDA irrigation experts work very hard with their respective disciplines using CBID outputs to improve the life standard of all people. In addition, I encourage that all other Ethiopian regions to benefit from the outputs. Finally, I would like to thank the Japanese Government, JICA Ethiopia Office, and all Japanese and Ethiopian experts who made great effort to produce these outputs.

Feyisa Asefa Adugna

General Manager

Oromia Irrigation Development Authority

Addis Ababa, Ethiopia May, 2014

Introductory Remarks

“Growth and Transformation Plan” (GTP) from 2011 to 2015 intensifies use of the country’s water and other natural resources to promote multiple cropping, better adaptation to climate variability and ensure food security. Expansion of small scale irrigation schemes is given a priority, while attention is also given to medium and large scale irrigation.

In Oromia Region, it is estimated that there exists more than 1.7 million ha of land suitable for irrigation development. However, only 800,000 ha is under irrigation through Traditional and Modern irrigation technology. To accelerate speed of Irrigation Development, the Oromia National Regional State requested Japan International Cooperation Agency (JICA) for support on capacity building of Irrigation Experts under Irrigation Sector.

In response to the requests, JICA had conducted "Study on Meki Irrigation and Rural Development" (from September 2000 to January 2002) and Project for Irrigation Farming Improvement (IFI project) (from September 2005 to August 2008). After implementation of them there are needs to improve situation on irrigation sector in Oromia Region.

JICA and the Government of Ethiopia agreed to implement a new project, named “The project for Capacity Building in Irrigation Development” (CBID). The period of CBID is five years since June, 2009 to May, 2014 and main purpose is to enhance capacity of Irrigation Experts in Oromia Region focusing on the following three areas, 1) Water resources planning, 2) Study/Design/Construction management, 3) Scheme management through Training, On the Job Training at site level, Workshops, Field Visit and so on and to produce standard guidelines and manuals for Irrigaiton Development.

These guidelines and manuals (Total: fourteen (14) guidelines and manuals) are one of the most important outputs of CBID. They are produced as standards of Irrigation Development in Oromia Region through collecting different experiences and implementation of activities by CBID together with Oromia Irrigation Experts and Japanese Experts.

These guidelines and manuals are very useful to improve the Capacity of OIDA Experts to work more effectively and efficiently and also can accelerate Irrigation Development specially in Oromia Region and generally in the country.

Finally, I strongly demand all Irrigaiton Experts in the region to follow the guidelines and manuals for all steps of Irrigation Development for sustainable development of irrigation.

Adugna Jabessa Shuba

D/General Manager & Head, Study, Design, Contract Administration & Construction Supervision

Oromia Irrigation Development Authority

Addis Ababa, Ethiopia May, 2014

Table of Contents

1. INTRODUCTION ................................................................................. 1

1.1 OBJECTIVE ................................................................................. 1

1.2 STRATEGIES ................................................................................ 2

1.3 STEPS IN STUDY AND DESIGN OF IRRIGATION PROJECTS ........ 2

2. RESOURCE IDENTIFICATION ............................................................ 4

2.1 INTRODUCTION ........................................................................... 4

2.2 OBJECTIVE ................................................................................. 4

2.3 SCOPE ......................................................................................... 4

2.4 METHODOLOGY .......................................................................... 5

2.5 MATERIALS REQUIRED ............................................................... 5

2.6 ORGANIZATION OF THE STUDY CREW ........................................ 5

2.7 DURATION OF THE FIELD STUDY ............................................... 5

2.8 RESOURCE IDENTIFICATION FORMAT ........................................ 5

3. PRE-FEASIBILITY PHASE STUDY ....................................................... 14

3.1 BACK GROUND ............................................................................ 14

3.2 OBJECTIVE ................................................................................. 14

3.3 METHODOLOGY .......................................................................... 14

3.4 MATERIALS AND DATA REQUIRED ............................................. 15

3.5 ORGANIZATION OF THE STUDY CREW ........................................ 15

3.6 DURATION OF THE STUDY .......................................................... 15

3.7 OUTPUT ....................................................................................... 16

3.7.1 Engineering Study ............................................................... 16

3.7.2 Socio-economic Study .......................................................... 17

3.7.3 Community Participation ..................................................... 18

3.7.4 Geological Study .................................................................. 18

3.7.5 Agronomy Study .................................................................. 19

3.7.6 Soil Study ............................................................................ 20

3.7.7 Hydrology ............................................................................ 20

3.7.8 Environmental Impact Assessment Study ............................ 21

3.7.9 Watershed Management Study ............................................. 22

3.7.10 Surveying ........................................................................... 23

3.7.11 Reporting ........................................................................... 23

4. FEASIBILITY STUDIES AND DESIGN ................................................. 57

i

4.1 FEASIBILITY STUDIES ................................................................. 57

4.1.1 Background ......................................................................... 57

4.1.2 Objectives ............................................................................ 57

4.1.3 Scope, methodology and procedures ..................................... 58

4.1.4 Data and Materials required ................................................. 60

4.1.5 Organization and Management of the study ......................... 60

4.1.6 Duration of the Study .......................................................... 60

4.1.7 Output of the study ............................................................. 61

4.2 DESIGN OF SCHEMES ................................................................. 61

4.2.1 Background ......................................................................... 61

4.2.2 Objectives ............................................................................ 61

4.2.3 Scope, methodology and procedures ..................................... 62

4.2.4. Data and materials required ................................................ 63

4.2.5 Organization and Management of Design Works ................... 63

4.2.6 Duration of Design ............................................................... 64

4.2.7 Output ................................................................................. 64

4.2.8 Conclusions and Recommendation ....................................... 65

5. TASKS TO BE PERFORMED BY EACH DISCIPLINE IN THE FEASIBILITY

DETAIL STUDY .................................................................................. 66

5.1 ENGINEERING, SURVEYS AND MAPPING .................................... 68

5.1.1 Review of previous studies ................................................... 68

5.1.2 Location map ....................................................................... 68

5.1.3 Survey and mapping of the project area ............................... 68

5.1.4 Irrigation and drainage System Development (Engineering) .. 69

5.1.5 Field water application ......................................................... 70

5.1.6 Specification Drawings ......................................................... 71

5.1.7 Reservoir /dam/ pond ......................................................... 72

5.2 HYDRO-METEOROLOGY .............................................................. 75

5.2.1 Study materials and methods ............................................... 75

5.2.2 Hydrological description of the project area .......................... 75

5.2.3 Hydro-Meteorological Data ................................................... 75

5.2.4 Water resource availability ................................................... 76

5.2.5 Study of Ground water potential .......................................... 76

5.2.6 Design Flood Analysis .......................................................... 77

5.2.7 Water Budget ....................................................................... 78

5.2.8 Sedimentation and sediment transport studies .................... 79

5.2.9 Irrigation water quality ......................................................... 79

ii

5.3 GEOLOGY .................................................................................... 79

5.3.1 Objective of the geological & geotechnical investigation ........ 79

5.3.2 Scope of the geological & geotechnical investigation ............. 80

5.3.3 Approach & Methodology ..................................................... 81

5.3.4 Geography ........................................................................... 83

5.3.5 Geomorphology .................................................................... 83

5.3.6 Ground water conditions ...................................................... 83

5.3.7 Regional geology ................................................................... 84

5.3.8 Local geology ........................................................................ 84

5.3.9 Geotechnical Investigations .................................................. 84

5.3.10 Construction materials ....................................................... 86

5.3.11 CONCLUSION & RECOMMENDATION ................................ 87

5.4 IRRIGATION AGRONOMY ............................................................. 87

5.4.1 Introduction ......................................................................... 87

5.4.2 Objective .............................................................................. 87

5.4.3 Methodologies of data collection and planning ...................... 87

5.4.4 Assessment of existing agricultural resources ...................... 88

5.4.5 Assessment of agricultural production constraints and

opportunities for irrigation development .............................. 99

5.4.6 Proposed irrigation development plan ................................... 102

5.4.7 Agro-climatic analysis of the irrigation project area .............. 116

5.4.8 Soil water and crop relationship ........................................... 118

5.4.9 Crop water requirement ....................................................... 119

5.4.10 Irrigation planning and scheduling ..................................... 127

5.4.11 Irrigated farm inputs and support services ......................... 127

5.4.12 Crop yield estimate and production .................................... 133

5.4.13 Crop budget “with” and “without” project ........................... 135

5.4.14 Agronomic practices and crop requirements for selected crops

grown under irrigation ....................................................... 139

5.4.15 Pre-harvest and post harvest crop protection ...................... 141

5.4.16 Irrigation extension and training ........................................ 141

5.4.17 Agricultural development scenarios and options ................. 145

5.4.18 Agricultural development cost estimate and source of fund 150

5.4.19 Interdisciplinary data requirement ..................................... 151

5.5 SOIL AND LAND SUITABILITY ...................................................... 154

5.5.1 General ................................................................................ 154

5.5.2 Introduction ......................................................................... 154

5.5.3 Objective .............................................................................. 154

iii

5.5.4 Methodology used ................................................................ 155

5.5.5 Description of the study area ............................................... 155

5.5.6 The Soils of the study area ................................................... 156

5.5.7 Land Suitability Evaluation .................................................. 157

5.6 WATER SHED MANAGEMENT ...................................................... 157

5.6.1 Background ......................................................................... 157

5.6.2 Objective .............................................................................. 157

5.6.3 Justification (need of the watershed management) ............... 158

5.6.4 The proposed watershed area ............................................... 158

5.7 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT .................................... 163

5.7.1 General ................................................................................ 163

5.7.2 Detailed scope of the environment ........................................ 163

5.7.3 Basic information affecting the environment ......................... 165

5.7.4 Environmental status ........................................................... 166

5.7.5 Environmental impacts ........................................................ 166

5.8 SOCIO – ECONOMIC STUDY AT THE FEASIBILITY STAGE ........... 169

5.8.1 Introduction ......................................................................... 169

5.8.2 Project Rationale .................................................................. 173

5.8.3 Existing Situation Assessment ............................................. 173

5.8.4 Socio-Economic Profiles and Characteristics ........................ 173

5.8.5 Household Productive Asset ................................................. 176

5.8.6 Social Services, Infrastructures & Local Living Standard ...... 178

5.8.7 Social and Economic Impact ................................................ 181

5.8.8 Project Direct and Indirect Benefits ...................................... 181

5.8.9 Development Potentials, Constraints and Opportunities ....... 181

5.9 FINANCIAL AND ECONOMIC ANALYSIS ....................................... 182

5.9.1 Introduction ......................................................................... 182

5.9.2 The Project ........................................................................... 191

5.9.3 Financial Analysis ................................................................ 198

5.9.4 Economic Analysis ............................................................... 213

5.10 COMMUNITY ORGANIZATION, PARTICIPATION AND MANAGEMENT

(INSTITUTIONAL ASSESSMENT) ................................................. 221

5.10.1 Introduction ....................................................................... 221

5.10.2 Assessment of Existing Situation ....................................... 222

5.10.3 Proposed Organizational Arrangements .............................. 224

5.10.4 Capacity Building ............................................................... 227

5.10.5 Monitoring and Evaluation Plan ......................................... 227

iv

ANNEX 1 Soil and land suitability .......................................................... 229

ANNEX 2 Community Petition ................................................................ 247

List of Authors/Experts/Editors/Coordinators ....................................... 251

v

1. INTRODUCTION

This Guideline provides the fundamental concept and points of attention

with reference to the basic factors for establishing irrigation project by

Oromia Irrigation Development Agency (OIDA).

Irrigation is the basic measure for supplying the water which is needed for

the improvement and maintenance of the growing environment of crops.

This Guideline covers the resource identification, pre-feasibility, feasibility

and basic design of irrigation project.

1.1 OBJECTIVE

The main objective of study and design work is to conduct study, prepare

plan and design, and supervise construction of irrigation projects to be

efficient, economical and sustainable in alleviating many of the

socioeconomic problems of the Region’s agrarian communities.

Specific Objectives are:-

To implement series of study steps to determine whether a project

appears technically, economically, socially and environmentally

feasible.

To plan, study and design efficient irrigation development systems

that could be manageable at farmers level in suitable areas of the

region.

To control the quality and progress of Construction work and to

approve completion of construction to ensure the safety and

sustainability of the schemes.

Thus, the study and design work shall focus on the possible means of

availing irrigation water to farm families. These include study and design of;

a) Diversion weir on perennial streams

b) Micro earth dams on seasonal /intermittent/and small flow

rivers

c) Ponds either independently or in combination with a) and b)

d) Other water harvesting techniques like spate irrigation, micro

basins, etc.

e) Drainage planning and field drainage works for water logged

areas and irrigation purposes

f) Ground water development for irrigation purposes.

1Japan International Cooperation Agency (JICA) & Oromia Irrigation Development Authority (OIDA)

The Project for Capacity Building in Irrigation Development (CBID)

STUDY AND DESIGN TECHNICAL GUIDELINE FOR IRRIGATION PROJECTS

1.2 STRATEGIES

The following strategies will be followed to plan, study and design

sustainable irrigation projects

Participatory approach of projects planning, study and design.

Beneficiaries and concerned bodies will participate starting from

project planning phases up to the end of design period.

Multi-disciplinary approach will be followed on planning and design of

irrigation schemes.

Different guidelines, manuals, reference materials, design standards,

etc should be used on planning and design works, for example

Technical Guideline for Design of Headworks and Technical Guideline

for Design of Irrigation Canal and Related Structures, etc.

Projects will be planned in areas that are: drought prone, good

traditional practice, strong local responsiveness, resource available,

etc.

The authority shall continuously build its implementation capacity

both in Material and human resources.

Different research works shall be conducted in order to assist the

planning and design of irrigation schemes.

Project screening and prioritizing criteria will be set up with weighting

values for different factors to increase the sustainability of projects.

OIDA shall consistently work on awareness creation in the area of

irrigation works at all levels (starting from higher bodies down to the

project beneficiaries).

As much as possible, OIDA will facilitate the condition under which

private sectors and non Governmental Organizations should be

involved in the planning study and design of irrigation projects.

Systematic methods shall be designed to undertake monitoring and

evaluation works.

1.3 STEPS IN STUDY AND DESIGN OF IRRIGATION PROJECTS

It is widely common in planning of development projects that the stages

involved are resource identification, pre-feasibility, feasibility and design

phases. However, the scale of irrigation development to be handled by OIDA

has nature of large, middle and small scale irrigation type. Thus, due to time

and resource limitation, it is supposed that the pre-feasibility study is split

in to two parts. Some parts of the study will be under taken at pre-feasibility




phase while the remaining part at feasibility stage. The resource

identification is implemented before pre-feasibility study. The last stage is

the design stage, which is expected to be continued right after the result of

feasibility study is found to be promising for the continuation of design

work. Therefore, in irrigation project study and design work, it is proposed

to have three stages: resource identification, pre-feasibility and feasibility

and basic design.




2. RESOURCE IDENTIFICATION

2.1 INTRODUCTION

Sustainable and quality irrigation development is a key for food security and

supply of raw material for agro processing. One way of attaining quality is

through rigorous study and design. Critical study and design minimizes

investment, operation and maintenance cost. Having this in mind, OIDA, as

the new re-arrangement of the organization, revised the study procedures,

term of references, guidelines and manuals in cooperation with JICA –CBID

project.

This resource identification chapter is prepared to help district irrigation

office and experts can easily identify irrigation resources – water, land and

willingness of the community- so that pre-feasibility & detail study and

design can be conducted with in short time, at required quality with small

budget.

The study is expected to be under taken by district office and experts then to

be checked by district OIDA office responsible person. Zone OID office

should review and verify before it is submitted to further investigation.

2.2 OBJECTIVE

The objectives of the resource identification study are,

To assess the available land, water resources potentials and the

willingness of the community for irrigation development

To collect necessary data to be the basis for the next phase of the

study

To forecast the possible means of water abstraction for the proposed

irrigation development

To present for pre-feasibility study

2.3 SCOPE

The scope of this study is limited only in the identification of water resource,

possible irrigation land and willingness of the community based on local

primary and secondary data at “aanaa” (woreda) level. In addition the study

focuses on small irrigation even if it can be an input for medium and large

scale.




2.4 METHODOLOGY

Prior to the start of project identification study, it is advisable to collect

pertinent information and primary and secondary data regarding the

proposed project area from potential sources of information. Information

could be collected from district Oromia Irrigation Development offices,

District Offices of planning and Economic Development, relevant district

offices, peasant associations, development agents, local community groups,

district level Nongovernmental Organizations which are currently

undertaking development activities on the proposed area, and others.

2.5 MATERIALS REQUIRED

It is suggested that the crew intending to carry out the study takes at least

the following items topographic map(s) of the area (scale 1:50,000 or any

available scale),compass, GPS, meter tape, stop watch, note book & resource

identification format etc.

2.6 ORGANIZATION OF THE STUDY CREW

The composition of the crew responsible for office and field work includes

Engineer, Agriculturalist and social worker. One crew leader will lead the

study crew (as much as possible engineer).

2.7 DURATION OF THE FIELD STUDY

On the average, the total number of days required to conduct identification

study of one project takes 2-3 days. If special case happens it can extend up

to 5 days.

2.8 RESOURCE IDENTIFICATION FORMAT

The format of resource identification is as below;




Study Crew members

Names Profession Signature

Duration of the study:

From ___________ date, _____________month ________________year




1. Location of Proposed Irrigation Site

(1) Name of the project ________________________________

(Note: Naming has to be name of water source and specific locality name

together- ex. Gibe Lemu – Gibe is river name & Lemu is local name)

(2) Administrative location of the project

a) Region_____________________

b) Zone ______________________

c) Aanaa (Woreda)_____________________

d) Ganda (Kebele)_____________

(3) Geographic coordinates (Datum; Addendum, Projection system; UTM)

a) Water abstraction site (Weir/Pump site/Dam/Spring diversion)

Longitude/East: _____________________ m

Latitude/North: _____________________ m

Altitude: ___________________________ (meter above sea level)

b) Center of irrigated/command area:

Longitude/East: _______________________ m

Latitude/North: _______________________m

Altitude: _____________________________ (meter above sea level)

(4) Hydrological Location of the water source

a) River Basin: _____________________________

b) Sub-Basin: ______________________________

c) Catchment: ______________________________

(5) Agro-ecology (designation) of project area

a) Low land _____________________ (< 1500m a.s.1)

b) Tropical humid ________________ (1500-2500 m a.s.1)

c) High Land ____________________ (>2500 m a.s.1)

(6) Accessibility of the site

a) Distance from Finfinne to headworks site is (total) _______________ (km)

____________ (km) on asphalt

_____________ (km) on all-weather road

_____________ (km) on dry weather road

______________ (km) on foot

b) Distance from zonal town ________________ (km)

c) Distance from Aanaa (woreda) town ________________ (km)




2. Water Resource Condition

(1) Source of water

a) Surface water: (River/Dam/Pond/Natural lake) ______________________

b) Groundwater: (Hand-dug well/Shallow well/Deep well/Spring)

____________________________________________________________________

(2) River name or another water source name _____________________________

(3) River type: Perennial (all year flow), Intermittent (seasonal flow),

Ephemeral (short period flow) _________________________________________

(4) If the river is gauged, describe

a) Location of river gauge from the project area

(Upstream/Downstream/at the head structure site)

______________________________________________________________________

(5) Distance and location of river gauge from the site

(describe) (UTM location, if possible)

______________________________________________________________________

(6) River flow data during the study time;

a) Measured minimum flow using current or float method (in m3/s)

_______________ m3/s

Day of measurement: ________ Month(s):____ Year:________

(Note: 1m3/s = 1000liter/sec)

b) Is there over flooding on the river banks? (Yes/No)

(If possible sketch river cross section using tape meter)

_____________________________________________________________________

(7) If there is any irrigation scheme upstream/downstream on this site

(modern, traditional, pumps etc) – list all schemes you know at u/s & d/s in

the proposed project river

Location Scheme

name Distance from proposed site (km)

Command area (ha)

Water consumption /abstraction

Year of commencement

U/S U/S U/S D/S D/S D/S




3. Meteorological data

(1) Nearest meteorological station at the site

a) Station Name ______________________ and co-ordinates:

Latitude __________________________ degree (decimal),

Longitude _________________________ degree (decimal) &

Altitude ___________ (m.a.s.l)

b) Distance, __________ from the site

(2) Rain fall status and distribution

a) Main rainy season from ____________to _______________ (Month)

b) Short rainy season from ____________to _______________ (Month)

4. Irrigation Experience and Interventions

Is there any experience of traditional irrigation/ Improved Irrigation practice

in and around the proposed project area? (Yes/No)

Specify____________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

5. Socio-Economy and Community

(1) Identify how the project idea born/originate from (farmers, local

administrators, Government bodies, NGO, OIDA Experts, Other)

Specify ___________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

(2) Identify the livelihood status of the community in the proposed project

area ______________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

(3) Identify clearly Existing Community Organization and participation

capacity in the area with respect to ________________________________________

a) Material capacity ____________________________________________________

b) Financial capacity ___________________________________________________

c) Labor contribution ___________________________________________________

d) Administrative capacity ______________________________________________

(4) People’s attitudes towards the project: - (express as Positive, Negative,

Indifferent,)

a) Admin Officials: ____________________________________________________

b) Ganda (Kebele) Leaders: _____________________________________________

c) Beneficiaries: ________________________________________________________

d) Others (upstream, downstream and nearby residents) ________________




(5) Identify name and number of Kebele or Kebles that would be benefited

from the proposed project

___________________________________________________________________________

(6) Beneficiaries Households Number: Total_______ Male_______ Female_____

a) On existing traditional irrigation users: Total_____ Male____ Female____

b) Expected beneficiaries: Total________ Male________ Female________

(7) Major socioeconomic problems, resources specially land ownership, food

insecurity conditions and demand for irrigation practice

___________________________________________________________________________

(8) Overall opinion about the proposed project area concerning socio-

economic conditions or socio-economic feasibility of the project

__________________________________________________________________________

6. Soil & Crop production in and around the command area

(1) Soil texture found in the proposed project command area (underline)

(Clay/Loam/sand/silt/clay loam/sandy loam/silty clay/sand clay/others)

(2) Soil structure found in the proposed project command area

a) At the head of command area _______________________________________

b) At the middle command area________________________________________

c) At the tail of command area ________________________________________

(3) Fertility status of the soil in the proposed command area

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

(4) Fertility status of the soil around the proposed command area

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

(5) Existing crop production and average yield in the command area No. Crop type Area

(ha) Average yield

(Qt) Remark

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8




9 10

(6) Proposed Command area _____________ (ha)

a) Under rain fed ___________ (ha)

b) Under irrigation __________ (ha)

(7) Average individual land holding ______ (ha)

(8) Main crop proposed for the project

a) __________________________ b) __________________________

c) __________________________ d) __________________________

e) __________________________ f) __________________________

7. Recommendation

Is the project recommended for further investigation (Yes or No)?

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

Contact person in the area

Name __________________________________________

Title ___________________________________________

Responsibility in the area _______________________

Tel phone ______________________________________

Date (study conducted) _________________________

Checked by

Name __________________________________________

Title ___________________________________________

Responsibility __________________________________

Seal and Signature _____________________________

Date ___________________________________________

Place ___________________________________________




Note: Selection criteria of weir

Accessibility

Possibility to irrigate the anticipated area (with less weir height,

reasonable cuts or banks)

River morphology (stage, width, slope, shape(meanders) etc.)

suitability for temporary cofferdam & the weir appurtenant

structures.

Geological formation

Convenience for construction

Convenience for operation and maintenance.

Less flood heights and effects

Material availability

Impact on nearby infrastructure and settlements

Relative cost and the like

River morphology

Straight reach and well defined channel




Sum

mar

y o

f R

esourc

e id

enti

fica

tion F

orm

at

No

Nam

e of

pro

pos

ed

pro

ject

Zon

e A

anaa

G

anda

Loc

atio

ns(

UTM

)

Est

imat

ed

irri

gable

ar

ea(h

a)

Ben

ef

(HH

)

Dis

tan

ces

(km

) fr

om

Sch

eme

type

(Gra

vity

/pu

mp

Wat

er

Sou

rce

M

easu

red

flow

(m

3/s)

X

(E)

(Lo)

Y

(N)

(La)

Z

(A)

Fin

fin

ne

Zon

e A

anaa

(w

ored

a)

nam

e Typ

e

1

2

3

4

5

6

7




3. PRE-FEASIBILITY PHASE STUDY

3.1 BACK GROUND

The pre-feasibility phase of study is designed primarily to support a decision

on whether to proceed with further investigation on the basis of collected

data from the pre-feasibility report and short-cut studies. The study could

also determine whether a project appears technically, economically, socially

and environmentally feasible and whether a feasibility study should be

followed.

The level of the study is a brief one and relatively complete, preliminary

indication of whether or not feasible plan could be formulated in the next

detailed feasibility study will be decided. Economic social and environmental

issues expected to be important in later feasibility studies are also identified.

But solutions are not developed in the phase.

3.2 OBJECTIVE

The objectives of the pre-feasibility study are,

To assess the available land and water resources potentials for

irrigation development.

To collect necessary data to be the basis for the next phase of the

study.

To forecast the possible means of water abstraction for the proposed

irrigation development.

To determine whether a project appears technically, economically,

socially and environmentally feasible and whether a feasibility study

should be followed.

3.3 METHODOLOGY

Prior to the start of the pre-feasibility study it is a devisable to collect

pertinent information regarding the proposed project area from potential

sources of information. The offices suggested to collect information are

Oromia Irrigation Development Authority, Ethiopian Mapping Authority and

Non Governmental Organizations which are currently undertook

development activities at the proposed area. Further information could be

collected from Regional, Zonal and District Offices of planning and Economic

Development, Agricultural and others. Additional information could be




collected from relevant district Offices, peasant association, development

agents and local community groups.

3.4 MATERIALS AND DATA REQUIRED

The basic data to be considered are usually maps aerial photographs, hydro-

meteorological data, geological reports and maps, pedology maps,

hydrograph, Geo-technics, land use maps, population, settlement patterns

and infrastructure, etc. which have to be made available.

It is suggested that the crew intending to carry out the pre-feasibility study

takes at least the following items topographic map(s) of the area (scale

1:50,000 or any available scale), aerial photography stereoscopes altimeter,

compass, meter tape, soil color chart, rock color char, binoculars, auger,

stop watch and note book etc.

3.5 ORGANIZATION OF THE STUDY CREW

One crew leader will lead the study crew. The composition of the crew

responsible for office and field work includes Engineer, Hydrology, Geologist,

Agriculturist, Socio-economics, Watershed management expert,

Environmentalist and Surveyor.

3.6 DURATION OF THE STUDY

On the average, the total number of days required conducting pre-feasibility

study of one project takes 20 days.

Table -1 List of disciplines participating Item No Description/ Profession Number

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Engineering Socio-economy Hydrology Geology Agriculture Soil and water conservation/ Environment Surveying

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Total 7

Sometimes there could be shortage of manpower to conduct this study.

Under such conditions the team could be reduced to an Engineer, Socio-

economist, Agriculturalist soil & water conservationist, Geologist and




Surveyor. It is assumed that hydrological study could be covered by

Engineer while conservations could cover the Environmental study.

3.7 OUTPUT

The finding of a pre-feasibility study is either a recommendation to proceed

with feasibility study or a recommendation to terminate the investigations.

The report to be prepared by individual members of the team has to be

consistent and compiled into a single document. It has to include the

methodology adopted and the analysis and evaluation of findings. It has to

conclude also a range of alternatives likely to be solutions.

The pre-feasibility study will lay ground for the next level of study. The

format prepared and attached with this guideline for pre-feasibility study

has to be filled carefully and precisely. The format report will help the

evaluation of the projects. The pre-feasibility study will be conducted based

on the terms of reference prepared for each professional involved in the

study as listed below.

3.7.1 Engineering Study

Verify the access condition of the proposed project site.

Evaluate the whole area, the agricultural land (slop, land use, crops,

soil) and the Drainage pattern.

Assess all the possible schemes within the drainage area to irrigate

the agricultural land.

Discuss on varies options of using the available water resources

efficiently and wisely.

Check whether the proposed weir/dam/pond is to irrigate a field

directly (regardless of the distance) or temporary storage/night

storage/ is required.

With the aid of GPS, Sketch locates the schemes within the drainage

area ensuring that the water is delivered to the farm by gravity.

Locate and discuss the possible headworks type and its dimension

(height and length).

Estimate the reservoir capacity (base flow) for the schemes,

embankment volume of size of the structure and spillway type, need

for major engineering structure.

Judge that the size of each scheme and that of storage or diverted

volume is economical.




Judge that the whole agricultural land is proportional to the capacity

of storage or diversion schemes.

Assess alternatives irrigable lands to be served by gravity/pump with

emphasis to the farmers benefit. If pump locate its position and

estimate total lift head.

Examine the topographic features of the irrigable land and sketches of

source water structures and developed land ensuring its adaptability

to the site.

Enumerate the type and number of hydraulic structures needed to

complete irrigation system.

In the absence of appropriate base map for finalizing the pre-feasibility

study the engineers may request for survey of storage area with scale

of 1:1000 or 1:2000. Regarding the command area estimate shall be

done by surveyor.

3.7.2 Socio-economic Study

The socio-economic investigations are aimed at identifying the resources,

skill in present economic activities, problems, ambitions and objectives of

the proposed project beneficiaries to insure their active and positive

participation in the project. The investigations are also aimed at identifying

the availability of markets, input supplies support service and social

services in the environs of the project area.

They are most conveniently done in conjunction with a survey of present

agriculture.

At pre-feasibility level socio- economic study will include.

A Socio economic survey by questionnaires of farmers within the

project area to identify present farming systems, inputs used

including labor and input supply in the area, major problems in crop

and livestock production .

Obtain up to data demographic data relevant to the project area for

human and livestock type and population.

Analyze the marketing prospects of the project output with regard to

the size of the nearby markets, accessibility and distance of these

markets form the project area.

Identify resources such as land and other, food insecurity condition

for which irrigation demanded




3.7.3 Community Participation

Irrigation development promotion work and awareness creation on

land and water resource utilization will be conducted by community

promoters. The need and willingness of the community will be

analyzed and discussed with the community. The agreement reached

with the community will be stated in the beneficiaries meeting minute.

The minute is signed by all participation of the meeting.

The consciences of the community which is stated in the minute be

included in the project profile report.

To proceed with study and design work of project, project study

committee or contact persons are elected by the community. The

participants of the meeting nominate committee members. The

committee will elect the chairman.

Identify what attitudes would positively favor acceptance of irrigation

by farmers so that it could be possible to determine the extent in

which farmers will involve in the study, construction and management

of the project.

Assess roughly the possibilities of land reallocation (if any) and a

general view of the resettlement conditions of farmers.

Assess whether it is a good ground for lying good and efficient

organizational structure within the society.

Identify government and nongovernmental organizations and

institutions in the project area and evaluate their capacity and

competence etc in the context of a changed situation brought about by

the proposed projects.

Identify number of household within the command area and out of the

command area.

3.7.4 Geological Study

Collecting information from existing geological data sources

(literatures, technical reports, and papers, geological maps & visual

information etc).

Preliminary interpretation of aerial photos, maps and from these,

preparation of base maps.

Field visit in a view to visualize to the project area, walking over the

area and collecting information on the suitability of the site.




Assessment of construction material assessment will be made to

indicate its quantity and quality by physical observation.

Assessment or a survey on the hydrologic potential of the area as

expressed by springs, previously developed hand- dug wells and bore

wells.

Conducting a survey on the engineering geological problems of the

area, seismicity of the area and etc.

Inspection of the area to study all out crops. Exposures and

morphological forms which can throw away light on the geological

structures significant to the project.

Assessment and recommendation regarding sub surface and other

water sources.

Finally producing a pre-feasibility report based on geology,

engineering geologic findings.

Inspect the headworks, main canal, proposed storage site geology etc

and locate (delineate with the surveyor).

3.7.5 Agronomy Study

Study the existing traditional cropping patterns of the area (rain-fed

and irrigated agriculture).

Study and identify the input requirements together with average yield

of different crops.

Using questionnaires collect detailed agronomic information, cultural

practices farming systems.... etc.

Using meteorological data of the area compute the crop water

requirements assuming standard irrigation projects.

Identify the major crop pests of the area and their control.

Assess the experience of traditional irrigation schemes

Identify and describe the major agronomic constraints of the area

(both rain fed and irrigated agriculture).

Identify the drainage and salinity constraints of the area.

Based on soils and climatologically information identify the crops

suitable for irrigable area its cropping pattern, cropping calendar and

crop rotation.




3.7.6 Soil Study

To identify the soil types by process of characterization.

To indicate the extent and their geographic distribution of different

soil types

To determine the important soil characteristics required for land

suitability assessment and classification.

To predict soil productivity (performance of soil under different

management practices i.e. yield of crops)

Such soil studies will give attention to possible land improvement

techniques for agricultural production (selection of soil for irrigation,

drainage and alkali reclamation needs, mitigation and management

practices) based on the existing land from and other behaviors.

At office level: - before starting the survey all available publication

concerning the subject matter including aerial photography map will

be collected and studied in detail.

At field level: - The actual field work to check the aerial photography’s

interpretations boundaries and all concerning relevant field

information will be carried out in different periods.

During the Pre-feasibility phase selection of observation site &

indication of extent of suitable land for irrigation development will be

done on free survey method.

Soil color chart and feel and appear method could be used to describe

the soil types in the project area.

3.7.7 Hydrology

Study methods and materials are Scaled topographical maps

(1:50,000 or 250,000 scale), DEM processing, key informants (elder)

interviews and discussion, flow measurement, Assessment of water

source and related to Irrigation and Drainage.

Collecting the existing hydro-meteorological data of the following

items;

- Climate (rainfall, temperature, humidity, wind speed, etc and give

brief description)

- Stream flow records

- Describes and delineate the project catchment area

- Identify the drainage pattern of the project area




- Assess the situation of existing water /surface ground water,

springs, ground water potential etc

- Conduct rough dry season flow measurement

- Assess the inundated /drainage problem of the project area either

from the water source of from the adjacent lands

Visualized the extent of silt load of the water source

Indicate rough estimate of irrigation water balance

The details of necessary hydro-meteorological data are as follows; Data and information Specifics subjects

Topography Topographical maps Aerial photographs

Meteorology Monthly rainfall Monthly temperature Monthly evaporation Monthly wind velocity and direction Monthly sunshine hours

Stream flow (gauged record or non gauged record)

- Stream flow records (daily discharge, monthly values, momentary peaks and draught discharge (if gauged; base flow/ lean flow and if un gauged; average measurement with floating method in the driest month of the year) - Reports, hydrologic bulletins, technical papers etc…… giving details of area runoff of streams if any.

Catchments characteristics Analysis

- Area, shape , elevation of catchments, land use and cover characteristics, soil type and distribution in catchments - Hydrological conditions and treatment practices

Stream characteristics - Stream density, length of main stream - Cross section of stream and flood marks at the headworks site.

Water quality - Physical suitability for agriculture purposes Ground water - Groundwater tables in vicinity of diversion site

- Groundwater table in proposed Water users Identification of all prior water usages upstream

and downstream of proposed diversion site. Peak flood Discharge Rough estimate peak flood discharge using Area-

Velocity, empirical formula and SCS methods and rationalize it.

3.7.8 Environmental Impact Assessment Study

Select alternative micro dam/diversion site with minimal of all

environmental impacts.




Identify and quantify resources in proposed project area.

Describe the existing environmental conditions like land use/cover,

climate, soil erosion and health problems.

Establish environmental base line for the particular proposed project

area.

Preparation of back ground information.

Notification and involvement of concerned agencies, advisors and

interested parties and collection of their view and alternative

proposals.

Identify and enumerate all the side effects of the proposed project on

the environment.

3.7.9 Watershed Management Study

Boundary delineation from the tail end of irrigable land to the

upstream end of the catchment (Qualitative expression of soil

characteristics, texture, depth, color, cover vegetation type, major

crops erosion condition, husbandry condition, present and planned

conservation development activities, accessibility of roads, clinics,

markets etc)

Area classification (slope, soil)

Land classification (use and cover)

Drainage area delineation and stream network generation

Identification of traditional contemporary zonation and Agro climatic

classification

Determining of the location of the catchment on the map such as

roads, religious, villages, wood lands, tress, springs or wells etc.

Coding of different land forms with different zones etc.

Preparing Gand/ kebele map of the catchment.

Approximating watershed parameter, average slopes, stream order,

drainage density, length and shape etc.

Quantitative expression of catchment area, catchment location and

watershed parameters.

Preparation of watershed management study report.

Technical presentation; Schematic sketch /map development in the

water shade.




3.7.10 Surveying

Participate in the headworks site selection and establish

bench(understandable) mark

Using GPS, locate proposed the headworks site, main canal routs,

proposed command area and other all necessary features.

Using GPS data, prepare delineate map of the project area on

1:50,000 digital map and locate necessary features.

Propose the estimate time required for various surveying works to be

conducted at feasibility study.

Take pictures where necessary with the crew leader

Undertake the surveying of river cross section, longitudinal profile of

the river and the relative position of the command area.

Recommend the surveying equipment necessary to undertake the

feasibility study observing the site, etc.

3.7.11 Reporting

The report to be prepared by individual members of the study crew has to be

consistent and compiled into a single document. The study and design team

of the office compiles and submit the final report to the concerned bodies.




Format for

PRE-FEASIBILITY REPORT

(IRRIGATION PROJECT)

Date -------------------------------------------------------

Name and profession of technical officers participated in the

Profession Name Sin

1. Engineering (Group leader) (1) ________________ __________

2. Socio Economy(1) ________________ __________

3. Hydrology(1) ________________ __________

4. Geology(1) ________________ __________

5. Agriculture (Agronomy and Soils) ________________ __________

6. Community Participation (1) ________________ __________

7. Surveyor (1) ________________ __________

1. Location

1.1 Name of the town/village near by the________________________________

1.2 Administrative region _______________________________________________

1.3 Zone _______________________________________________________________

1.4 District ____________________________________________________________

1.5 The name of the project area (if there is any specific name) __________

1.6 The name of Kebele ________________________________________________

1.7 Total land area of the project _______________________________________

1.8 Characteristics of the

Latitude __________________ and __________________

Longitude _________________ and __________________

At an average altitude of ____________ m.a.s.l

2. Climate

2.1 What are the major agro-climatic zones in and around the project

area?

Low land ( < 1500m a.s.1)

Tropical humid (1500-2500)

High Land (>2500m)




2.2 In which agro-climatic condition the project area is located (Low land,

Tropical humid, High land) proposition of possible

____________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________

2.3 State the rainfall status and distribution?

Main rainy season ___________________________ (Month)

Short rainy season ___________________________ (Month)

2.4 What are the problems related to rainfall (shortage, unreliability,

uneven distribution, high evaporation, etc) specify

___________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________

2.5 If the problem is mainly of rainfall, is the change recent or prolonged?

Describe

___________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________

2.6 If recent, please comment on the type of change observed and when it

all began?

____________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________

3. Access

3.1 Describe how the site is accessible from District Capital?

(e.g. the site accessible during wet/dry seasons by Vehicles2/4 wheel

drive).

___________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________

3.2 Distance

a) The distance from the nearest all weather Road to project area

___________________________________________________________________

b) Name of all weather road _______________________________________

c) Approximate Junction place from all weather road

___________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________




3.3 Other (specify)

___________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________

4. Upstream, Downstream and Water Source

4.1 Are there any proposals, etc. to develop upstream/catchment areas?

If yes, describe

____________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________

4.2 Are there any proposals, etc. to develop downstream/areas?

If yes, describe

____________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________

4.3 Are there any current development undertaking (s) that share with the

proposed water source?

____________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________




SOCIO-ECONOMY

5. The Population and Migration

5.1 Total population of the project area _________________________________

5.2 Number of farming population households of the project area

_____________________________________________________________________

within the command area _______________________________________

out of the command area _______________________________________

5.3 Average household size in the project area ___________________________

5.4 Settlement pattern in the project area

a) Scattered _________________________________________________________

b) Populated ________________________________________________________

c) Densely populated ________________________________________________

5.5. Describe annual or seasonal population flow, population pressure on

cultivated land rural-urban migration

____________________________________________________________________

6. Economic Base

What are the major economic bases (basic source of income or livelihood) of

the society in the area?

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

7. Prioritize Major Farming Enterprise in the Area

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

8. Farming System, Land Use, Tenure and Size of Holding

8.1 What are the existing farming systems in and around the project

area?

_____________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________

8.2 Describe about the method of plow? Are oxen being used?

If yes, indicate approximate number of pairs of oxen used per house

hold. _______________________________________________________________

If not, what are the other methods used?

_____________________________________________________________________




_____________________________________________________________________

8.3 What are the major problems related to farming systems

(predators, extension problems such as selected seeds, fertilizers,

chemicals, etc.)

____________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________

8.4 Describe the land use, land tenure and average size of holding.

____________________________________________________________________

9. Irrigation Experience (Traditional and Modern)

9.1 Is there any experience of traditional irrigation/ Improved Irrigation

practice in and around the project area? (Yes/No)

Area developed so far, number of farmers involved by sex, major crops

produced, major problems of existing practice

Specify____________________________________________________________ __

_____________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________

9.2 If yes why farmers practice this irrigation scheme?

(to increase production and intensity of production, land

intensification, and insufficiency: others, shortage of rainfall, uneven

distribution of rainfall, population pressure, specify the trend and

nature of situations.)

____________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________

9.3 Who developed these/this irrigation scheme (individual peasants,

private, peasant association, NGOS, Government. Others) specify

_____________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________

9.4 Are there any irrigation/ water resource projects within about 50 km

radius?

If yes, give approx. Location and describe their present status.

Name Location Present status Developed by

a. ______________ ____________ _______________ _____________

b. ______________ ____________ _______________ _____________

c. ______________ ____________ _______________ _____________




10. Labour Supply and Demand

Is the labour for construction (skilled and unskilled) available in the area/ If

no, from where would you get labour for construction?

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

11. Product Marketing and Input Supply

11.1 Describe about the market prospects and marketing

arrangements if the project is implemented?

_______________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________

11.2 Describe types of input, time of supply, price and other related

issues

________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________

12. Social Services

12.1 What are the social services available in and around the project

area?

___________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________

12.2 Clinic/ health center; Yes ______________: No _________

If yes, describe its quantity, location, distance and annual capacity

whether it is working or not, whether it is equipped with facilities,

staffed with necessary personnel or no

___________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________

12.3 Education (types, quantity, location, distance, enrollment rates,

dropout rates, major problems of education system in this particular

locality, etc.)

___________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________




12.4 Telecommunication; Yes ______, No ________

If yes describe its location, distance and type (s) and capacity

___________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________

12.5 Post office; Yes ____________: No _______

If yes, describe its location and Distance

___________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________

12.6 Electricity; Yes _______: No _______

If yes, describe whether it is national grid or local generation,

service hours in a day

___________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________

12.7 Potable water supply; Yes ____________: No ________

If yes, describe source and type of supply system, source of water

and different uses of water including livestock drink, detail existing

demands for water, etc.

___________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________

13. Another

13.1 Are there any research activities, extension, training services in or

around the proposed projects area? Describe briefly

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

13.2 Are there any factories or industries in or around the proposed

project area?

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

13.3 Other (specify and describe)

__________________________________________________________________




__________________________________________________________________

14. Overall opinion about the project area concerning socio-economic

conditions or socio-economic feasibility of the project

_______________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________




COMMUNITY PARTICIPATION

15. Identify how the project idea born/originate from (farmers, local

administrators, Government bodies, NGO, OWRB, Others)?

Specify ___________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

16. Community Attitude

16.1 Did the community aware about the project plan? Yes/No

If yes how and when?

___________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________

16.2 Did the schemes users committee established? (Yes/No)

If yes specify the number of member of committee and write the

name of chairman and secretary

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

16.3 Attitude of the community towards improved irrigation

development in general

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

16.4

a) People’s attitudes towards the project:- (positive, Negative,

indifferent, etc)

i. Admin Officials: ____________________________________________

ii. kebele Leaders: _____________________________________________

iii. Beneficiaries:- ______________________________________________

iv. Others(upstream, downstream and nearby residents)

____________________________________________________________

b) Attach a copy of a written application presented by beneficiaries

for development of the scheme and their commitment to

participate in the whole project cycle. Also attach a written




agreement indicating that beneficiary's contribution to their

project cost share in the form of labour or cash.

________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________

c) Did the beneficiaries agree to take the responsibility for

organization and management of their scheme if the project is

implemented? (From discussion with people)

________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________

d) What is the attitude of the farmers to cover the operation and

maintenance cost of the project (labour, material, financial and

others) (discuss with farmers)

________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________

16.5 What is the attitude of the community towards expected future

land reallocation for the rest of land beyond their capacity to

develop?

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________




Lakk_________

Guyyaa: _______

Abba Taayitaa Misooma Jallisi Oromiyaa

Finfinnee

/ Abba Taayitaa Misooma Jallisi Oromiyaa

Waajjira Abba Taayitaa Misooma Jallisi Godina _____________________f

__________________/

Dhimma: Gaaffii Qorannoo Piroojektii Misooma Jallisii

Dhiyeeffachuu Ilaala

Nuti maqaa fi mallattoon keenya armaan gaditti kan mul'atu jiraattotni

Zoonii _________________________ Aanaa _______________________

Bulchiinsa Gandaa ______________________ bishaan/lolaa Laga

___________________ humnaa fi ogummaa aadaan qabnuun jallisnee

misooma jallisii irra oolfachuuf yaalii goonu iyyuu jallisiin kun humnaa fi

ogummaa dandeettii keenyaa ol ta'e waan nu gaafateef gargaarsi

barbaachisaa ta'e karaa keessan nuu godhamee qorannoon isaa akka

nuu gaggeeffamu gaafachuuf dirqamnee jirra.

Kanaaf nuti gama keenyaan hojii qorannoo, dizaayinii fi ijaarsa

piroojektichaa keessatti qooda fudhachuuf akkasumas seeraa fi

qajeelfama mootummaa irratti hundaa'uun lafa misooma jallisii jala oolu

walii qooduuf waadaa seenaa qorannoon piroojektii kanaa karaa keessan

akka nuu gaggeeffamu ni gaafanna.

Nagaa Wajjin//

Maqaa fi mallattoo dura taa'aa

Koree Itti fayyadamtoota bishaan jallisii

Japan International Cooperation Agency (JICA) & Oromia Irrigation Development Authority (OIDA) The Project for Capacity Building in Irrigation Development (CBID)


34

Miseennsota Koree Itti Fayyadamtoota Bishaan Jallisii La

kk

Maqaa Ga'ee Hojii Mallattoo Ibsa

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Guyyaa Koreen itti fayyadamtoota bishaan jallisii itti dhaabate:

__________________________________________________________________




Itti fayyadamtoota bishaan jallisii bakka piroojektichaa (Household) Lak

k.

Maqaa A/warraa (H/Warraa)

Baa

y'ina

Maa

tii

Bal

'ina

Laf

a Jal

lisi

in

Mis

oom

uu

(Hee

k.)

Mallattoo Ibsa

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

Hub: Chaappaan Bulchiinsa Gandaa irratti haa rukutamu.




AGRICULTURE (AGRONOMY AND SOILS)

17. Farm Size

17.1 Total farming area in the project area, ______ ha of total Aanna

Under rainfed _______ ha (the total Aanna)

Under irrigation __________ ha

17.2 Average individual farm holding ______ ha

18. Agriculture

18.1 How do you classify the farmers in and around the project area.

Nomadic pastoralists _________________

Sedentary “ _________________

Sedentary Farmers _________________

Sedentary mixed peasants _____________

18.2 What is the major means of livelihood?

(Animal or crop production / both)

Can you put in proportion? Perhaps it may be variable in and

around the project area.

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

18.3 Where do the majority of the rural communities live?

(high land , tropical humid, low land) Proportion if possible

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

18.4 Can you give comments on the land use proportion with respect to

climate?

a) High land ______________________________

b) Tropical humid _________________________

c) Low land_______________________________

d) Total___________________________________

18.5 Comment on the current land holding in the project area by taking

the maximum Land holding & minimum.

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________


37


18.6 Are there tenants who either do not have land or oxen?

If yes comment on type and why?

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

18.7 Do you think that there is excess population than the land holding

capacity? Comment

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

18.8 If there is any crop failure during these four years or before, state

the causes briefly

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

19. Assessments of Inputs

a) Do farmers use fertilizer Yes/No_______________________________

b) “ improved seeds Yes/No________________________

c) “ herbicides Yes/No ____________________________

d) “ pesticides Yes/No ____________________________

e) “ improved farm implements Yes/No____________

19.1 Can you identify the type, amount and/or rate of inputs used in

the project area?

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

19.2 Who supplied the inputs?

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

19.3 Cost of inputs in recent years.

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

19.4 Do the farmers apply input as per the requirement?

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________




19.5 Do they apply the proper inputs? Who advises them?

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

19.6 Do the farmers purchase additional inputs from the market?

Yes/No _______________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

19.7 If yes from where farmers ask for advice on the type and its use.

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

19.8 Identify main reasons for low crop productivity problems in the

area.

1. _______________________________________________________________

2. _______________________________________________________________

3. _______________________________________________________________

19.9 What are the main crop diseases, pests and weeds in and around

the project area?

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

20. Present Cropping Pattern in and Around the Project Area.

20.1 a) Name of major crops for rain fed area (in and around the project

area) No. Crops Area

(ha) Average yield (Qt)

Approximate Farm gate price (Birr)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Source:




b) Name of Major crops and their distribution for Irrigated area (if any) No. Crops Area

(ha) Average yield (Qt)

Approximate Farm gate price (Birr)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Source:

20.2 Identify the common crop variety used in and around the project area No. Crops Name of varieties Remark 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Source:

20.3 Will there be any other land use changes due to the project. If yes

describe the change and possible alternatives.

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

20.4 Identify the nearest meteorological station around the project area

to estimate crop water requirement (by penman method).

a) What are the available data?

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________




b) What is the missing?

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

20.5 Describe the existing cropping calendar for all crops. No. Crops type Land

preparation Sowing month

Weeding month

Harvesting month

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Source:-

20.6 Indicate the Cropping pattern and intensity in and around the

command area.

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

20.7 Which crops are considered to be the main for their lively hood?

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

20.8 What is the attitude of farmers to wareda’s new productive and/or

improved type of crops? (From discussion with farmers)

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

21. Livestock Production

21.1 Is the project area reputed for its livestock production?

Yes/No ___________________________________




21.2 What domestic animals are known in these regions?

High Land Tropical-Humid Low Land

1. _____________ 1. ______________ 1. _____________

2. _____________ 2. ______________ 2. _____________

3. _____________ 3. ______________ 3. _____________

4. _____________ 4. ______________ 4. _____________

5. _____________ 5. ______________ 5. _____________

6. _____________ 6. ______________ 6. _____________

21.3 Can you give data on livestock population, type, holdings and

stocking rte in the Project area?

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

21.4 Do the community consider live stock holding as a prestige in the

area?

Yes/No__________________________________________________________

21.5 What animal do the farmers use for polishing?

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

21.6 How are the power and the feeding of the oxen?

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

21.7 What types of livestock diseases are prevalent in the area?

1. ________________________________________________________________

2. ________________________________________________________________

3. ________________________________________________________________

21.8 List the extent of damage. Almost the last three years no as such

serious cases and at personal no recorded data (information

obtained from farmers & MOA office)

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________


42


21.9 In the table below mark with crosses. What do people feed the

animals?

Very common (xxx), common (xx), rare (x), nil (a) Sources of fodder Dry season Rainy season

Grass on grazing land

Gross from “Cut & carry” Hay Crop residues Others(specify)

21.10 Is there a shortage of forage? (Yes/No)

_____________________

If yes, how do people solve the problem of forage shortage?

________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________

21.11 What are the grazing arrangements among the farmers? (Explain

if free grazing is a common practice after the harvest of the crop,

etc.)

________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________

22. Soils

22.1 Soil type found in the project area.

a) Soil Color at the head of the command area _____________________

b) Soil Color at the middle of the command area ___________________

c) Soil Color at the tail of the command area _______________________

22.2 Write major soil texture of the command area.

a) At the head of command area ___________________________________

b) At the middle of the command __________________________________

c) At the tail of the command _____________________________________

22.3 Describe about permeability and drainage characteristics (if

possible) of the soil(s) in the project area.

________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________

22.4 Describe about productivity of the soils in the command area.

_________________________________________________________________


43


_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

22.5 From visual observation what type nutrients are lacking

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

23. Overall opinion of the project concerning agricultural study or

Agricultural Feasibility for development.

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________




HYDROLOGY

24. Meteorological Data or Climate

24.1 Nearest meteorological station at the site,

a) Location ____ and co-ordinates (Latitude/ Longitude) _________

b) Distance, _________ from the site.

c) Class (1st,2nd,3rd,4th,) ________________

d) Date of observations: from ______________ to _____________

e) Altitude ___________________________m

24.2 Rain fall

a) Mean annual rainfall ____________________________ mm,

Belg: from _______________ to_________ (Month) _____%

Meter: from ________to _________ (Month) _____%

b) The highest rain fall occurs during the months of _____ and

_________

c) While the months of _____________, _____________, _____________

24.3 Temperature and Humidity

a) Daily mean maximum, temperature ranges from _______oC to

________ oC in ____________ and _____________ Months

b) Daily mean minimum, temperature varies _____ oC to _______ oC

c) The daily mean relative humidity fluctuate between ______ %

and _________ % in ___________ and ____________ Months.

d) The hottest month is _________ with a mean temp. of _____ oC

e) The coldest month is _________ with a mean temp. of _____ oC

f) Mean annual temperature ________________ oC

24.4 Others

________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________

24.5 Describe about wind speed of the project area.

a) Predominate direction _________________________________________

b) Average speed (m/s) __________________________________________

c) Maximum in the month of _____________ with ____________m/s

d) Attach a copy of hydro-meteorology data collected for the

project.

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________




25. Water Resources

25.1 Nature of the river/water sources

a) Seasonal ________________ b) Perennial _________________

c) High flash ______________ d) Other _____________________

25.2 If the river is gauged, describe

a) Location of river gauge from the project area

i. Upstream _____________________

ii. Downstream ___________________

iii. At the head structure site ___________________

b) Distance and location of river gauge from the site (describe)

_______________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________

25.3 Hydrological observation from _____________ to __________- period.

25.4 If the river is ungauged, estimated minimum flow (using current

or float method) is _________m3/s

25.5 Catchment area covers _________ sq.km mean annual discharge of

_________ m3

25.6 If the river is gauged

m3/s Month(s) Year

a) Maximum flow

within fifty years ______ ________ ______

b) Minimum flow (draught discharge)

in most recent ten years ______ ________ ______

25.7 Level of highest flood flow observed and year (from inquires / flood

marks on trees, river bank, building etc)

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

25.8 Visual observation on silt load (Describe)

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

25.9 Are there any swamps in the proposed area? If yes, describe the

extending covered, location, average depth etc.

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________




26. Over all opinion of the project area concerning hydrological and/or

water resources study. Comment critically on the availability of

water for the planned project including upstream and downstream

demands.

_______________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________



47

ENGINEERING

27. Proposed Irrigation Area

a) Name of the project ____________________

b) Proposed area to be irrigated ________ (ha)

c) Proposed head structure(Dam/Weir/Pump-describe)

_______________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________

d) Proposed site location for the headworks (describe)

_______________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________

28. Previous Attempts Made by the Farmers to Irrigate Their Lands.

(if any)

______________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________

29. Physical Feature of Command Area

29.1 Land formation of the command area

a. Hilly __________________ b. Mountainous __________________

c. Valley __________________ d. Plain/flat ______________________

e. Dissected _______________ f. Rugged ______________________

29.2 Type of Slope of the command area

a. Steep Slope (>5%) _________ b. Gentle Slope (2-5%) ___________

c. Plain (<%) ___________________

30. Physical Feature of Project Site

30.1 Elevation of the project site

a) Level of riverbed _____m (at proposed head structure site)




b) Highest irrigable land level _____________m.

c) Reference level in the vicinity ___ m. (use Ethiopia Mapping

Authority EMA datum bench mark if available nearby): location

______________________________________________________________

30.2 Determined maximum weir height _______________________m

30.3 Determined maximum main canal slope _________________%

30.4 Delineate boundary of command area per water potential or

availability Topography, soils, land use, drainage, etc.

________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________

30.5 Locate canal alignment net works on contour map of appropriate

scale

________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________

30.6 Prepare a sketch of map showing command area, proposed the

headworks size, canal alignment and other features at A4 or A3

size

31. Are construction equipment available in zone/ wareda? If yes

describe type and present status.

a. _____________________________________________________________________

b. _____________________________________________________________________

c. _____________________________________________________________________

d. _____________________________________________________________________

(Please use separate page, if required)

32. Overall opinion of the projects concerning Engineering and

Surveying study. Comment critically on the suitability/ feasibility

of the site technically for Development.

______________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________



49

GEOLOGY

33. Geological Data

33.1Rock color as per chart

a. ______________ b. ______________ c. _______________

33.2 Type of rock around the project area

a. ______________ b. ______________ c. _______________

33.3 Type of rock stratum in or around the site of head structure

(Dam/Weir)

a. ______________ b. ______________ c. _______________

33.4 Status of groundwater table condition __________________________

________________________________________________________________

33.5Status of hard stratum (rock)

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

34. Are there construction materials in and around the project area? Available material Location of available material (distance from site)

Location Km

a. Sand ____________________ ____________________ ____________

b. Clay _____________________ ____________________ ____________

c. Stones/rock _____________ ____________________ ____________

d. ___________________________ ____________________ ____________

35. General discussion about bank suitability.

______________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________

36. Overall opinion about project site concerning geological situations.

______________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________




ENVIRONMENT

37. Environmental and Social Impact of the Project.

37.1 Will any houses/properties be affected if the project is

implemented? If yes, describe.

a) No of houses _______________ estimated cost _____________ Birr

b) Farm size ___________ ha, estimated annual loss __________ Birr

c) Other _________________________________________________________

37.2 Will there be any deforestation due to the project? (Yes/No)

Indicate the Major species of trees that will be affected?

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

37.3 Will there be any effect on grazing land? Describe.

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

37.4 Will there be any impacts of the project on wild life?

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

37.5 Any other related remark.

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

37.6 Do you expect any health and environmental problems arising due

to the implementation of the project (YES/NO). If yes describe.

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

37.7 List recommended Mitigation measures to avoid or minimize

impacts of the project.

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________




38. Natural Disaster

38.1 Mark the natural disaster/s which occurred previously.

a. Drought _______ b. Desertification ________ c. Soil erosion _________

d. Earth quake _______ e. Climate change _________ f. Other _________

38.2 If (38.1) is yes, describe time and place of occurrences as much as

possible

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

39. Predominant Disease

a) Human

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

b) Livestock

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

c) Crops

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

40. Overall opinion of environmental conditions of the project

______________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________




WATERSHED MANAGEMENT

41. Topography

41.1 Physical features

Land formation of the upstream watershed project area

a. Hilly _________ b. Mountainous _______ (upper most area) ______

c. Valley ______________________ d. Plain ________________________

e. Dissected ___________________ f. Rugged ______________________

41.2 Land formation of the downstream watershed project area

a. Hilly ________ b. Mountainous _______ (upper most area) _______

c. Valley ______________________ d. Plain ________________________

e. Dissected __________________ f. Rugged _______________________

41.3 Type of slope of the upstream catchment area

a. Plain (0-2%) __________________________

b. Gentle Slope (3-15%) _________________

c. Steep Slope (16-30%) _________________

d. Very Steep> 30% _____________________

41.4 Type of slope of the downstream catchment area

a. Plain (0-2%) __________________________

b. Gentle Slope (3-15%) _________________

c. Steep Slope (16-30%) _________________

d. Very Steep> 30% _____________________

41.5 Type of Vegetative cover of the catchment area

Vegetation type Density (high, medium, low)

a. _______________________ _________________________________

b. _______________________ _________________________________

c. _______________________ _________________________________

d. _______________________ _________________________________

42. Soils

Soil type found in the upstream watershed project area.

Color

a. _______________ b. _______________ c. _____________ d. ____________

e. _______________ f. _______________ g. _____________ h. ____________

Type

a. Clay ________________ b. Sand _______________ c. Silt ______________

d. Loam _______________ e. Clay loam ___________ f. Sand loam _______

g. Silty clay ____________ h. Sand clay __________ i. Other ____________


53


43. Soil and Water Conservation

43.1 Total size of the watershed or sub watershed/ river in question

(upstream) _______________________ km2

43.2 Type and extent of erosion in the upstream and downstream area.

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

43.3 Major effect of soil erosion and sedimentation(soil) crusting, topsoil

washer, Dissection of fields, downstream flooding, siltation,

abandoned fields, Soil flections, other mass movements such as

landslides etc.)

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

43.4 Agro climatic classification of the upstream and downstream

(command) area.

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

43.5 Natural and sensitivity of soils of different land forms in the

command area to erosion.

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

43.6 Nature and sensitivity of soils of different land forms in the up

and downstream area to erosion.

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________




43.7 Past type of soil and water conservation measures (by past project

including forestry).

Types Construction material Current status Farmers views

_______ ______________________ _______________ ________________

_______ ______________________ _______________ ________________

_______ ______________________ _______________ ________________

43.8 Traditional soil and water conservation measures practiced by

farmers around the project.

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

43.9 Attitude of the farmers towards improved soil and water

conservation measures

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

43.10 Type of livestock husbandry and extent of grazing.

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

43.11 Agreement on felt need and acceptance of participation in all

phases of the watershed management project hence forth (if

possible support by signed document).

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

43.12 Are there any forest/or multipurpose nurseries in the watershed

area? (Yes/No)

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________




44. Overall opinion of watershed conditions of the planned project.

Comment critically the erosion and siltation problems.

______________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________

45. Over all opinion of the study crew about the project based on the

finding of a Pre-feasibility study. Recommendation from the crew

whether proceeds with feasibility study or terminates the

investigations. The crew has to discuss on this issues including the

supervisory and checking bodies taking into account each

discipline outcome. This comment will determine whether a

project appears technically, economically, socially,

environmentally feasible and weather a feasibility study should be

followed.

______________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________

Information supplied by

Name __________________________________________

Title ___________________________________________

Post in the study _______________________________

Signature ______________________________________

Date ___________________________________________

Place __________________________________________

Supplied Information Confirmed by

Name __________________________________________

Title ___________________________________________

Post in the study _______________________________

Signature ______________________________________

Date ___________________________________________

Place __________________________________________




4. FEASIBILITY STUDIES AND DESIGN

4.1 FEASIBILITY STUDIES

4.1.1 Background

A feasibility study follows the same basic pattern as the pre-feasibility study

except that data collection and analysis are carried out at greater levels of

detail. The feasibility must therefore cover all aspects of the project, and

allow firm decisions to be reached on its characteristics. Data collection will

be thorough, involving field surveys and other techniques relevant to the

scheme under consideration from which the best one is chosen and

designed to the level of detail necessary to permit reliable cost estimates.

Project beneficiaries must be considered here in detail and appropriate

institutional and organization conditions, either local traditional or

governmental, elaborated. During the feasibility study of a project, full

economic and financial analysis will be carried out, with due reference to the

detailed requirements of particular financing agencies, if the potential

financier has already been identified.

Environmental impact assessment also forms an increasingly influential

element of a feasibility study. Projects that have reached this stage should

not cause major environmental impacts that would make their

implementation unacceptable, but these would be thoroughly checked

during the feasibility study and detailed proposals would be made for

mitigation measures to counter minor impacts.

The information requirement under each discipline at the stage of feasibility

study is given in chapter 5.

4.1.2 Objectives

The objective of conducting a feasibility study is to ensure that the project

is: -

a) In accordance with national /regional development objectives and

priorities,

b) Selected from possible alternatives based on the most appropriate

technical approach, in other words, technically sound,

c) Economically and financially viable,

d) Socially and environmentally acceptable




4.1.3 Scope, methodology and procedures

The scope, methods and procedures to be pursued while executing the work

of feasibility study are discussed below:

(1) Scope

The extent to which the intended feasibility study should circumscribe is

expected to be very detail information on every discipline that is considered

to be imperative in the work of feasibility study. The discipline required to

participate at feasibility study is given in Table 2.

(2) Methodology and Procedures

1) The method and procedures employed in conducting the feasibility study

are:-

a) Out of the reconnaissance survey result, promising sites will be

selected based on the priority criterion set for project selection

b) Conduct feasibility study on the selected site to collect the necessary

data at site level according to the information requirement at feasibility

level.

c) At this level, the composition of the study crew will be kept full in every

discipline that is thought to be necessary to complete the project

study.

d) The principal Source of information is:

i. There would be beneficiaries, own judgment (observation) of the

study area, conducting different surveying works etc.

ii. Close Discussion and consultation of the local people to be benefited

by the Scheme, relevant bodies (organization)

e) Study will be conducted by the staff of OIDA at Zonal/Aanaa/woreda

offices. The staff will be assisted technically as deemed necessary.

Results of feasibility study will be discussed over by the participants of

the study members to arrive at sound result of the study.

f) Different format on information required at feasibility stages will be

prepared by the staffs of the head office to help the study members

collect necessary information

g) As much as possible, private consultants will be allowed to participate

on conducting feasibility studies to produce more number of feasible

irrigation schemes and/or upgrades the skill of the staffs by making

them work with consultants.




Table–2 List of disciplines participation on feasibility studies Item No Description Numbers

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Engineer Economist Sociologist/Community Promoter Geologist Agronomist Pedology /soil Hydrologist Water shade management Expert Environmentalist Surveyor

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Total 10

2) List of the staffs participated in the study should be specified in the

design report.

a) Series of workshops and short and Long-term training will be arranged

to upgrade the skill of the study staffs.

b) Results of the feasibility study will be presented and discussed in the

presence of office head, process owner and other invited guests in order

to arrive at the best result of the study and project will be then after, be

screened for the next and final stage, i.e. design stage.

c) Data to be used in different analysis to be made at feasibility stages

should be quoted from tangible national or regional level data, e/g yield

per hectare.

d) Staffs of the head office will visit the projects under feasibility study at

least once in the duration of study to discuss with the study group and

select a better site.

e) Irrigation and land drainage process team shall coordinate and

collaborate with the line departments in OIDA, and/or other

governmental and NGO’s for effecting the works of study and design.

f) When ever found necessary the Irrigation and land drainage process

team at OIDA shall prepare a proposal to the Bureau head so that a

technical assistance may be obtained by temporarily employing (either

from local or foreign consultants) to back up (assist) the process of

study and design works.

g) The study and design works shall be conducted according to the

government Development policy and strategies in planning of irrigation

schemes.




4.1.4 Data and Materials required

The data required at the stage of feasibility study is a detail and the

coverage is wide. Detail data will be collected on engineering, surveying,

agronomy, soil geology, land use, environment impact assessment, socio-

economy, hydrology, soil and water conservation and forestry.

The materials required to conduct feasibility studies are: topographic map

(1.50,000 or any available scale), altimeter, stereoscope, compass, scale,

auger, stopwatch, current meter, measuring tapes, planimeter, surveying

equipment like (theodolite, leveling and their accessories), geological

hammer, infiltro-meter, buckets, ropes, sample bags, etc.

4.1.5 Organization and Management of the study

Like reconnaissance study, the staff of the study and design team at the

zonal/ Aanaa/woreda offices shall undertake the works of feasibility studies

and there will be an active follow up and technical assistance from the head

office.

For study at this level, the professional composition of study and design

crew will be formed as shown in Table 2. One engineer to be assigned among

the feasibility crew will coordinate study and Design crew.

4.1.6 Duration of the Study

Feasibility studies are preferably carried on following the slack periods of the

peasants so that the crops grown will not hinder some of the component

works of feasibility studies, like surveying works.

Feasibility study of a single average project is supposed to take 60 days. In

here, all the participants of the study crew may not be required to stay at

field for uniform period of time. In this study, Engineering and Surveying

works are supposed to take 20-25 days, socio-economy, agronomy and other

study takes 15 days.

Therefore, taking the above in to considerations, all the field works of

feasibility studies can be completed within one months time span for an

average scheme size of 200 hectares. However, for bigger schemes greater

than 200hectares, the above, duration of studies can be extended more than

one month.




4.1.7 Output of the study

After every end of feasibility studies, member staff of the study should

submit their respective reports to the coordinator of the crew and the crew

coordinator will in turn compile and submit the study and design Drawings

and documents to the process team at the Zonal/ Aanaa/woreda office.

The study and design team at the Zonal/ Aanaa/woreda Office will prepare

a forum of discussion on the project in the presence of concerned bodies.

Then after, if the project is found to be feasible, it will be made to pass to the

next stage (i.e. Implementation stage). If it is not feasible, report should be

prepared explaining that the project is not feasible.

4.2 DESIGN OF SCHEMES

4.2.1 Background

Design of a scheme is considered to be part of the feasibility study. After

projects are found to be feasible at feasibility study, the next task is to

prepare design of the scheme.

At this level, type of structures, specifications, working drawings, and design

reports, operation and maintenance manual, etc are made ready for latter

uses (i.e. construction and operation and management of schemes.)

4.2.2 Objectives

a) To design structures that are matching to the natural ground

condition

b) To prepare detailed hydraulic and structural design of the headworks,

main, secondary, tertiary, feeder ditch, drainage canal and the

associated structures (e.g. Culverts, division boxes, flow measuring

structures on main canal, etc)

c) To prepare the detailed specification and cost estimate of the

structures to be designed as a component of a scheme.

d) To prepare the operation and maintenance manual after the design

work is completed.




4.2.3 Scope, methodology and procedures

(1) Scope

The project design should be carried out starting from the very head of the

project up to the point where the tail water (drainage water is finally guided

out of the project area and made to join natural gullies or the river course).

Therefore, the design work includes every hydraulic and structural design of

the different components of the project under consideration.

(2) Methodology and procedures

The methods and the procedures to be adopted in designing a scheme is

discussed us under:

a) Designers should have at least a background of good construction skill.

b) Every designer should make a thorough discussion about the project

he/she is handling with fellow colleagues, team leaders, department

heads working in irrigation sector (.i.e. good team sprit should be

maintained).

c) Designs should be done under strict follow up from the head

office/Zonal/district senior staffs to indicate best design alternative and

early amendment on the design work. This enables to avoid

unnecessary re-designing works, here; the senior expert who is

following up the project work will be responsible to check the design

after wards.

d) Tours will be arranged by the study and design department on the

previously designed and constructed schemes, so that lessons will be

obtained and same problems may not be repeated during designing

other schemes.

e) Standards of designs will be prepared and made ready to the designers

by the staffs of the head office in order to simplify the design works.

f) Designers will be made to get sufficient computer skills so that the

design works are simplified.

g) Conduct a series of workshops; short terms and long terms training to

up grade the skill of the designers.

h) Local and /or foreign technical assistance will be arranged to guide and

work with the staffs of the study and design team.

i) Before finalizing the design work, the project beneficiaries should be

discussed over about the selected the headworks sites, command area,

main, secondary, tertiary canals, etc alignment.




j) The completed design work should be checked jointly by the study and

design team leader and the Zone/Aanaa/woreda

k) Overall checking approval of project Document and working drawings

will be made by the study and design team at the head office/zonal

office

l) List of professionals participated on the study should appear on the

project document for further communication about the project.

4.2.4. Data and materials required

The data required to design a scheme are those depicted under the data

requirement at the feasibility stage. These data will be compiled and made

ready to be used in undertaking design of a scheme. To mention some,

topographic map of the headworks, irrigable area, and canal route along

with profiles plotted to an appropriate scale, result of geological test pits

result of soil lab analysis, and water quality tests, etc. These data can be

incorporated using different software technologies (Auto-CAD, Eagle point

and other software).

The materials required to conduct the design of scheme are: Millimeter

papers, tracing papers, rapidograph, scale, set square, compass,

protractors, French curves, fix pencil, lead, erasers, blue printing papers

where computer plotter is not available, etc. Or the team can use and apply

the new technology of Auto-CAD, Eagle point and other software that

minimize the cost and time of the study.

4.2.5 Organization and Management of Design Works

A crew or team to be established in the study and design team of the

Zonal/Aanaa/woreda office handles the project study. But at design stage, it

is supposed that two design engineers and one assistant engineer will work

on designing a scheme. The designers are accountable to study and design

team leader at the Zonal / Aanaa / woreda office. For the discipline required

see Table 3.




Table –3 Lists of disciplines to participate on designing a project Item No Description Number

1 2 3

Engineering Aid Engineering Drafting/cad expert

1 1 1

Total 3

4.2.6 Duration of Design

Design of projects will be started right after surveying work is completed and

its data is plotted. However, once some data useful for design work is

collected, the designer will start working the analysis (design works). This is

to say, that part of the design work starts even in half of the feasibility

duration. Generally, it is supposed that design of an average project will

take 60 days. Finally, document preparation and report writing is assumed

to take 15 days, which will thus bring the total design duration as two

months and half.

4.2.7 Output

A complete design report together with its working drawings will be

submitted to the study and design team of the Zone/Aanaa/woreda office.

Moreover, for ease of operation, designers are expected to prepare how the

system is operated and maintained .The study and design team leader and

the Process Owner at each level will check the design. Subsequently, the

Zone/ Aanaa/woreda office will in turn send the project document for the

purpose of overall checking and approval together with the designer of the

scheme. After the design is reviewed it will finally be approved at Zone/

Aanaa/woreda office.

Note: The checked design document will have the following Format and

should appear in the project report:

Checked by: Checked by:

Name --------------------------------- Name --------------------------

Signature ---------------------------- Signature ---------------------

Team Leader, Study and Design team Zone/Aanaa/woreda process owner




4.2.8 Conclusions and Recommendation

The guideline prepared to indicate how the component works of study and

design shall be handled as prepared and stipulated above. This guideline is

not the final one that it is expected to be enriched in the course of time.

Hence, comments, suggestions and rejections to be forwarded concerning

this guideline are highly appreciated.




5. TASKS TO BE PERFORMED BY EACH DISCIPLINE IN THE

FEASIBILITY DETAIL STUDY

The relationship to tasks to be performed by each discipline in the feasibility

study is as follows:




5.1 ENGINEERING, SURVEYS AND MAPPING

5.1.1 Review of previous studies

The review of previous studies will be made and their findings and

recommendations shall be mentioned and summarized accordingly.

5.1.2 Location map

General map showing all engineering features of the project such as

catchments area, command area, access road, and other important physical

features should be shown on a map with appropriate scale.

5.1.3 Survey and mapping of the project area

a) Mapping shall be based on addendum and UTM projection system

b) Topographic survey of the headworks site should be carried out after

establishing a minimum of two benchmarks on each sides of the weir

and at least one in the range to be able to seen from the headworks. The

benchmarks should be prepared pre cast concrete with pin point at

center to size of 10cm x10cm at top, 20cm x20cm at bottom and the

depth of 60cm strongly fixed to the ground so that it will not be

dismantled by any other interference.

c) At least two permanent benchmarks must be established in the

command area along the main canal routes.

d) All natural, artificial features, and bench marks should be shown on

the topographic map of the headworks to be prepared at an appropriate

scale depending on the information needed (area coverage).(i.e.

1:1000,1:500, 1:200 scale). Coverage of weir site is a minimum of 50m

on all the four direction from the axis of the proposed weir. Refer to

Technical Guideline for design of Headworks.

e) The topographic survey of the command area shall be carried out and a

topographic map will be prepared at a scale of 1:2000 or larger with

contour internal of 1m and /or 0.5m.

f) Longitudinal profile of canal and water conveyance system should be

surveyed and plotted on appropriate scale: Preferably 1:1000 H and

1:100 V and at an interval of 20 to 50m. More over strip contour plan of

10 to 20m on either side of centerline of the canal should be surveyed

and plotted at 1:1000 and 0.5 m counter interval.




g) Longitudinal and cross section survey of river channel, gully and natural

drain should be conducted and plotted to an appropriate scale. If the

project is a storage Dam, the topographic survey of the reservoir site

should be prepared at a scale of 1:2000 or large and contour interval of

1m up to an elevation of maximum water level (MWL) plus certain

meters above the water level (5m) shall be prepared. So that area Vs

elevation relationship is established to determined storage capacities

shall be made.

h) Night storage topographic survey of 1:500 scales should be prepared.

For the above surveying activities the surveyor can use different instruments

such as Total Station, GPS, Leveling and other software that minimize time

and cost without compromising data quality.

5.1.4 Irrigation and drainage System Development (Engineering)

a) Previous studies and relevant documents if any will be thoroughly

reviewed and the gaps and short comings shall be clearly identified.

b) Establish design criteria for irrigation and drainage structures to be

approved by the client to be used in the final design.

c) Carry out the selection of appropriate headworks site considering the

full supply level of the command area, geology, hydrologic condition and

economy.

d) Carry out proper structural and hydraulic designs for the headworks,

canals, drains, and other irrigation structures (flood protection

structures, retaining walls, intakes, under sluice and other gates).

e) Check the energy dissipation mechanisms against downstream effects to

a considerable distance.

f) Update (if it exists) and compute the actual evapo-transpiration, crop

water requirement, irrigation demand duty using the existing and recent

agronomic, climatologically and soil data using more appropriate and

acceptable methodologies.

g) Design proper irrigation system compatible with the local management

system conditions and/or capability.

h) Investigate drainage parameters required to perform the design of the

drainage system of the project.

i) Establish proper drainage modules for the project to effect the design of

the drainage system for the command area.




j) Establish flood protection requirements for the command area and canal

structures and design the respective drainage system accordingly.

k) Prepare layout of irrigation and drainage systems and structures which

are manageable, economical and aesthetical.

l) Determine, design and fix capacities for canals, drains and other

structures. It includes determination of water profiles and calculation of

canal cross sections and other elements.

m) Determine and estimate water application, conveyance and other losses

and irrigation efficiencies and consider those parameters in design steps.

n) Perform detail hydraulic and structural designs of irrigation and

drainage canal systems considering the total demand and lean flow

availability.

o) Identify canal lining requirements using the inputs from engineering

geology studies and mitigate in the design process.

p) Prepare general plans and drawings for all irrigation infrastructure and

irrigation system designs.

q) Design access roads, which will connect the project to the nearby road

net work.

r) Design roads, which will serve to give easy access to all the irrigation

blocks and tertiary units at preliminary level.

s) Prepare specifications and priced bill of quantities for the irrigation

project.

5.1.5 Field water application

(1) Irrigation method

The proposed method of irrigation shall be discussed e.g. Furrow, flooding,

corrugation, etc.

The spacing /internal, widths, slopes, lengths stream size, etc for furrows /

boarders shall be specified.

(2) Crop water requirements

The water requirement of the intended crops shall be computed using the

penman monreith method as far as data availability shows.

Net irrigation requirement (mm/day)

Gross irrigation requirement (mm/day)

Monthly and seasonal irrigation requirements, effective rain fall

System /project efficiency




Field application, distribution, conveyance, overall project efficiency,

etc shall be discussed

(3) Water balance calculations, depth of application, irrigation intervals,

duration of irrigation etc. shall be discussed in detail.

(4) Project layout

The selected best project layout shall be prepared from the point of view of

technical economic, and management convenience, etc.

The system layout map should shows

Canal( main, secondary, tertiary and field canals)

Drains (field, secondary, collector, mains)

Farm roads

Irrigation structures, like culverts, turn outs

Flood protection works

Bench marks

Natural and artificial features

Legends

5.1.6 Specification Drawings

The following working drawings shall be prepared

River diversion/ Reservoir area /Dam/pond site, irrigable area

contour map plan

Layout of the headworks and distribution systems

Plan and sections of the headworks

Lay out of the command area with all details and physical features

Longitudinal profiles and cross sections of all canals and drains

Plan , profile and cross sections of all canal structures

Area- elevation capacity curves

Plan and cross section of spill ways

Preparation of construction procedures and technical specifications

Calculation of quantities

Cost estimates

Conclusion and recommendations

Note: Over all opinion about the technical feasibility of the project will be

summarized in brief in the feasibility study of the project




Refer to Technical Guideline for Design of Headworks, Technical Guideline

for Design of Irrigation canal and Related Structures and Technical

Guideline for Design of Small Scale Reservoirs about the detail of this

chapter.

5.1.7 Reservoir /dam/ pond

(1) Geological investigation

Geologic profile of the site showing orientation of tectonic and

geological structure

Amount of under seepage and seepage forces

Engineering properties of the foundation:- Permeability ,density,

bearing capacity ,penetration, water tightness, shear, erosivity, gully

formation on its rim, Presence of fault line, cracks etc

Log of drilled borehole pits.

Cut off trench (sloping or vertical), Sheet piling key trenches, cement

bound curtain cut off, grouting, upstream blanket, toe drain, pressure

relief wells, etc.

Reservoir geological map shall be prepared to a suitable scale

(2) Design flood and sedimentation studies

Design flood and maximum probable flood discharge

Estimation of occurrence of floods

Stage discharge curve at the proposed site if any

Flood routing studies

Afflux and backwater

Sediment yield studies, suspended and bed load, and rate of

sedimentation (ton/km2 of catchments area per year), trap efficiency.

(3) Determination of reservoir storage and water levels

Plotting of Area –Elevation- capacity curves

Determination of

-Dead storage level, DSL (m)

-Full reservoir level, FRL (m)

-Maximum water level, MWL (m)

Expected sedimentation after the anticipated service encroachment of

live storage etc. will be determined.




(4) Freeboard

An allowance shall be provided by observing and computing the direction

and velocity of wind; wave height, fetch length. A free board has to be

computed and fixed for FRED for FRL and MWL condition to determine the

top elevation and maximum height of the structure.

(5) Capacities

Reservoir capacity at different levels (DSL, FRL, and MWL) shall be

determined and the useful service life of the reservoir shall be fixed.

(6) Required Storage

The required storage capacity is fixed taking in to account the demand of

water for different uses, such as irrigation, domestic use, live stock watering

hydropower if any.

(7) Losses

Evaporation losses from reservoir

Seepage losses in the reservoir shall be estimated

(8) Area of submergence

The area that will be submerged due to the implementation of the

project at different levels of the reservoir shall be determined.

The characteristics of property submerged shall be discussed .i.e

private , government ,historical, cultural etc.

(9) Selection of the type of Dam/Reservoir/pond

The selection of the type of dam to be used (earth/rock fill) shall be done

based on

Availability of construction materials

Foundation condition

Economy

Importance of structure

(10) Design of embankment

Selection of type of earth dam/pond/new line selection and economic

zoning in relation to availability of suitable material, homogeneous,

zoned embankment type.

Embankment




-Slope: - upstream and downstream slopes

-Seepage thorough embankments

-Pore water pressure

Embankment core material

-Location of burrow area and available quantity

-Different tests for the material compaction, consolidation, travail

tests, indeed properties, etc (if possible)

Crest Design

Selection of type of protection

- dumped rock rip rap

- hand placed rock rip rap

- growing of grass , etc

Surface drainage requirement (design of filters)

(11) Spillway

Location and layout

Capacity

-Selection of design flood, flood hydro graphs, flood routing

-Relation of surcharge storage to spillway capacity

-Discharge head relationship

Selection of type of spillway, section and profile

Energy dissipation arrangements

Hydraulic design

Structural design.

(12) Outlets

Location and layout of out lets

Inlet –outlet components

-Entrance and outlet channels, trash racks

-Outlet pipes

-Energy dissipaters

-Control valves

Hydraulic design

Structural design

Refer to Technical Guideline for Design of Headworks, Technical Guideline

for Design of Irrigation canal and Related Structures and Technical




Guideline for Design of Small Scale Reservoirs about the detail of this

chapter.

5.2 HYDRO-METEOROLOGY

5.2.1 Study materials and methods

Empirical methods (flow measurement and velocity area method etc.)

Statistical methods (frequency, rating curve analysis and variation

etc.)

Hydrological Analogy methods

Regionalization methods

Etc……

5.2.2 Hydrological description of the project area

(1) Existing water resource development activities: - based on review of

previous studies which should be made on related to the project area and

their findings and recommendations shall be mentioned and summarized

accordingly.

(2)Assessment of existing demands on

Water supply

Irrigation

Hydropower

Industrial supply etc

(3) Catchment /basin area identification and characteristics

Area

Topography

Basin geometry and shapes

Stream characteristics

Soil and land coverage

5.2.3 Hydro-Meteorological Data

(1) Climatic Variables

Relative humidity: monthly mean

Solar radiation: monthly mean




Wind speed: monthly mean maximum and minimum

Rainfall

Temperature

Evaporation

Sunshine

(2) Data availability and consistency analysis

The availability of the required information (hydro-meteorological data)

study document, maps, tables or bar charts shall be assessed and

discussed. Which are data as a feed backs during the formulation of

the project idea? In addition to these the previously conducted

studies

In addition if it is possible the overall checking of the consistency and

reliability of observed data shall be made in specific and control points

for corrections, focusing .on comparing Decade, Monthly and annual

Rainfall with corresponded Run off.

Comparing average annual specific flow expressed in lit/sec/sq km

with corresponding to other sites of the same river or adjacent

catchments. By comparing the peak discharges generated from the

catchments Gauge /recorded or non Gauged, analyzed by different

methods including within locally applied unit hydro graph, synthesis

and flood mark using manning’s equation.

Mapping hydrology _ location map: general map showing all

engineering features of the project such as catchments area,

command area, access road, and other important physical features

should be shown on a map with appropriate scale.

5.2.4 Water resource availability

Surface water potential (monthly Lean flow)

Ground water potential

5.2.5 Study of Ground water potential

The ground water resource is one of the potential for modern Irrigation

development.

The main basic factors intervene for the potential GWR availability is

classified in deferent aspects.




(1) Topographical relief of terrain

Water table situation

Presence of saturated or water logged area

Situation of ground water flow

(2) Geo morphological formation of land

Geological description

Presence of unconsolidated aquifer

(3) Hydro-geological formation of terrain

Presence of water logged or natural pond density

Existence of springs and Hand Dag well and shallow well SHW

(4) Drilling requirements

(5) Water availability taste

(6) Define the possible required civil works and pumping technology

5.2.6 Design Flood Analysis

(1) Runoff/ flood studies

Safety criteria for design assumption.

The criteria for selection of design flood time; within the structural life

duration is important facture to properly estimate applying deferent

methods. (probable max. Flood of specified return period) for the sake

of safety of structures shall be elaborated

Dams as scale from 30 to 100 years return period

Diversion weir 25-50 years returns period

In designing hydraulic structures like box and slab culverts (10 to 15

years), pipe culverts 5 to 10 years).

These possible to fix based on the maximum probable flooding and silt

load in general.

Effective runoff and design flood

Design peak flood estimation

(2) Approaches adopted

The overall approaches have to be discussed.




Past flood discharge data(if there are reliable data in or near river

basin of project site), flood mark discharge capacity(slop-area

methods), run-off analysis (1 in 50) catchment transpose and others.

(3) Comparison of design flood estimates

The estimated design flood shall be compared and sound judgment on

design flood be drawn by hydrologist.

(4) Effects of the project on hydrological regime

The possible hydrological effects that will prevail on the project area and

particular on the downstream and upstream area of the project shall be

assessed and discussed.

The likely quantitative changes in low flows in different reaches of the

river due to project on perennial river)

Effects on peak flood:-the reaches where the flood peaks will be

reduced or increased due to the project and their overall effects.

Effects on total run off: - the likely decrease in the total run off yield of

the catchments due to increased evaporation from the altered water

surface and the project area.

Effect of sediment on runoff Generate

The effects on water availability therefore it is crucially important and

if is to important conduct a measurements or estimate values of

suspended and bed load material in rivers dry streams for sustainable

operation of the civil work.

Stage discharge curve at the proposed site if any

Flood routing studies

Afflux and backwater

5.2.7 Water Budget

(1) Water demand analysis

The amount of irrigation water requirement is decided based on the crop

water requirement and command area.

(2)Water balance

U/s to d/s existing and future water users situation

The amount of domestics water supply

Etc…




5.2.8 Sedimentation and sediment transport studies

Data of bed load and suspended load from present station

characteristics from where the estimation such as /land cover, soil, rain

fall intensity, slope, etc.

The possible yield changes in sediment transport from / down and

upstream of the stream needs to consider.

The effects on water availability therefore it is crucially important and if

is to important conduct a measurements or estimate values of

suspended and bed load material in rivers dry streams for sustainable

operation of the civil work.

Sediment yield studies suspended and bed load, and rate of

sedimentation (ton/km2 of catchments area per year), way of trap and

how to upgrade the Harvesting efficiency, etc.

5.2.9 Irrigation water quality

Data on water quality of the probable water source evaluated in respect

of salinity or acidity and Alkalinity taste focusing on the observed data

sample and quality may be checked.

Field based PH testing

Laboratory based test and using others method

5.3 GEOLOGY

As this stage the activity is continuation of the identification and pre-

feasibility phase, so that the investigation to be made is relatively detail and

includes the following points of considerations. Hence the main aspects of

an engineering geology or geotechnical investigation of an irrigation scheme

at a feasibility level will include all the data obtained from the identification

phase up to the detail study and it contains the following points of

consideration.

5.3.1 Objective of the geological & geotechnical investigation

The main objectives of the geological and geotechnical investigation

study of the project should be listed and described.

The main purpose of the study is to generate data for the headworks,

night storages and other hydraulic structures, irrigation and drainage

system design as well as catchment development planning. The study




will also provide information on the availability and location of

construction materials required for the project construction, water

quality, and ground water conditions of the command area. Thus the

study will cover geology, geomorphology, hydrogeology and geophysics.

The aim of the geological and geotechnical investigation is to address all

issues necessary to present the technical and economic feasibility of the

proposed engineering structures with sufficient level of investigation.

An investigation on the suitability of the proposed diversion weir or dam

site for the intended construction of engineering structures.

Identification of surface and subsurface lithological and structural data

of the foundation of the main canal alignment.

Evaluation of the types of construction materials available around the

project area and determining their quality and quantity in order to suit

for the project.

To grant a final geotechnical recommendation on remedial measures and

foundation design based on the study and investigation carried out.

5.3.2 Scope of the geological & geotechnical investigation

The scope of work of the geological and geotechnical investigations

should be briefly described.

Geological and Engineering geological mapping of the weir site, pump

site, main canal sites, dam & reservoir sites.

Investigation on the type and nature of geological structures pertinent in

the locality.

Examination on the nature of river valley such as bank slopes,

prospective land sliding, valley width and stability of cut slopes.

To determine the nature of the foundation on the headworks site,

powerhouse and other appurtenant structure’s sites.

The assessment on the presence of construction materials in the vicinity

of the project area.

The investigation of the geological nature of the foundation on headrace

routes.

Laboratory analysis results on foundation and construction materials.

Seismic hazard assessment of the project sites and recommendation of

earthquake parameters.




5.3.3 Approach & Methodology

Describe the techniques, approaches & methods used for the study in

the following phases- collection, compilation and evaluation of existing

data, fieldwork on geological and geotechnical investigation, data

integration and interpretations.

The geological and geotechnical investigation will follow a systematic

approach. This will be office level review of previous studies on geological

structures including aerial photo/satellite imagery interpretation to

identify major lineaments, fault lines and regional structures and

conduction of intensive field surveys for in-situ testing, material

sampling for lab analysis and interpretation of field and laboratory

testing.

The geological and geotechnical investigations of an irrigation project are

usually conducted in three phases:- collection, compilation and

evaluation of existing data, field work on geological and geotechnical

investigation, and data integration and interpretation.

(1) Collection, compilation and evaluation of existing data

This deals with gathering of existing information on the general

geological, structural and geomorphological setting of the target area

and the regional river basin in general. This activity includes review of

all relevant geological, structural and geomorphological information

including the geological map of Ethiopia mainly from the Geological

survey of Ethiopia.

Identify data gaps, which need to be considered during the field study.

Interpretation of aerial photographs and Landsat imageries.

Planning of traverse routes for geological fieldwork and identify any

potential problems that may need to be dealt, so that it will not hinder

the project activities.

Compilation and evaluation of the gathered information on the major

geological, structural, and geomorphological activities, will be

appropriately evaluated, filtered and compiled in summarized form in

such a way suitable to serve the objective. The summarized information,

which is an inventory of geology, structure, and geomorphology will be

analyzed comparatively with other published irrigation scheme models.

(2) Fieldwork on geological and geotechnical investigation




Field work on geological & geotechnical investigation is usually

conducted in stages of starting from the initial reconnaissance to the

last detail investigation.

Site visit inspection of exposed rock outcrops and observation of

stratigraphic successions of soils and rocks in river cut exposures, and

pitting along the axis of the weir and following the main canal are the

main methodologies used in studying the geological and structural setup

of a target area. Traverses should also be carried out along the main

canal route and in the command area, in order to pin point the possible

structural features pertinent in the locality.

The general geological features and lithologies of the command area

should also been inspected. Geological apparatus like hand lens,

geological hammer, GPS and topographic maps will be used for the

study purposes. In summery the main activities that should be

accomplished during the field investigation include-

Geological and structural mapping of the area in and around the locality

with particular emphasis to weir site, main canal, dam and reservoir

areas, night storage areas & headrace and its alignment.

Detailed mapping on large scale for instance 1:2,000 of the area

extending up to 200-300 m upstream and downstream of the proposed

weir axis or dam axis.

Preparation of geological maps of the study area along with geological

cross-section of the weir axis or dam axis.

Test pitting at weir site, dam site, main canal line, and quarry sites.

Test pit logging and sampling

Construction material identification and field description using

geological hammer and lens and their laboratory analysis results &

interpretation.

Sampling of disturbed and undisturbed samples and Laboratory testing

of rock and soil samples.

(3) Data integration and interpretations

Collection of all the data using appropriate software

Analysis and interpretation of field data

Analysis and interpretation of laboratory data

Preparations and submission of reports




5.3.4 Geography

Describe the location of the project area, its accessibility &

infrastructure conditions.

5.3.5 Geomorphology

Describe the landscape types & the fluvial geomorphology of the project

area and predict future effects that might be expected due to the

proposed irrigation project through a combination of field observation,

data analysis and interpretation.

Briefly describe the main types of landscapes within the project area and

its river and stream channel responses to both natural & human factors.

The landform description of the project area shall include the general

physiography of the project area and its landscape evolution

accompanied with satellite images, pictures and 3D images.

Briefly describe fluvial geomorphology of the river with respect to several

important issues including the protection of riparian (streamside)

resources, protection of wildlife habitat and bank stabilization related to

property loss. In addition supply information necessary with respect to

site selection, design and construction of dams accompanied with

satellite images, pictures and 3D images.

5.3.6 Ground water conditions

Describe the ground water conditions in the project area including the

depth of the water table, water bearing zone, its quality & suitability for

irrigation.

Finally a recommendation on further geological and hydrogeological

investigation should be provided for further investigation on ground

water resources.

From existing water well data in the project area and spring flows data

the general ground water condition including depth of water table and

depth of water bearing zone will be determined. The ground water

quality data will be collected if any and assessed with respect to the

suitability for irrigation & ground water depth and quality monitoring

facility (piezometers) will be designed.




5.3.7 Regional geology

Different geological data will be collected from geological and

hydrological maps & related offices such as mining and energy, etc.

Describe the main geological formations that cover in & around the

project area and use regional geological maps for illustration.

5.3.8 Local geology

Geological map of the catchments and the dam site

Presence of soluble rocks in the catchments springs at the upstream,

downstream, and near the proposed the headworks, ground water

conduction, etc.

Describe the main rock types pertinent in the project area including

their nature, classification, mode of formation, color, texture, degree of

weathering, composition etc.

In addition, the geological units in the project site should be identified

through reconnaissance, detail study and finally at a feasibility level.

5.3.9 Geotechnical Investigations

(1) General

Visual observation on the proposed the headworks site, catchments

area, and command area canal route, etc.

Sub–surface geological investigation by location the test points along the

proposed the headworks axis (weir/dam), burrow areas, and other

important appurtenant structures by hand dug pits.

In situ permeability tests on the reservoir surface and its rim, dam axis

to determine water tightness (if it is dam project).

Determine the depth of bed rock/hard stratum

Logging and description of soil profile of the test pits

Observation on the catchments area related to the presence of soluble

rocks, readability and degree of weathering with respect to sediment

transport

Preparation of geological cross-section and location map of the

construction materials and final reporting

Determine the depth of excavation and workability of the foundation of

the headworks, canals, pond reservoirs, extent of area to be blanketed

for dam project, etc.




Geological logging data of test pits on burrow pits, canal route, etc

Geological report that clearly defines the foundation condition and the

water tightness

Collection of disturbed and undisturbed samples for laboratory analysis

and interpretation of the results, perform in situ tests, especially

permeability test in each soil type and soil profile.

Determine river bank stability conditions around the headworks site,

canals, pond reservoirs and provide remedial measures to be taken

during the design of engineering structures.

Geophysical investigation-VES investigation shall be conducted in order

to determine the overburden and fractured/weathered zone beneath but

also to fill the data gaps in between pits/trenches along the dam and

saddle dam axis (for dam projects)

Investigation of geological structures along the dam axis, the abutments,

valley bottom, saddle dam site and the spillway and in the reservoir area

should be separately described and illustrated using appropriate

software (for dam projects).

(2) Geotechnical Investigations at the headworks site

Geological cross section of the headworks

Describe the main lithological units, propose the foundation type, and

determine rock mass strength, bearing capacity, depth of foundation,

bank stability & permeability conditions at the headworks site.

Table –4 Diversion weir geotechnical investigation methods No Data Types of

investigation Types of test/description Investigation

location 1 Soil profile

under foundation

Profile pit to depth of 3m

-Describing profile at site -Soil classification based on visual observation of the soil profile in each pit -Sample collection from each soil strata for laboratory analysis

1 centre of the river and 2 pits 5m from the left and right river banks (on weir abutments)

2 Soil classification

Sieve analysis

-soil classification based on the analysis of soil samples collected from site

3 Permeability (optional)

Permeability test

- Permeability test using infiltrometer

If condition allows on river bed at least at two points for rivers wider than 10m




(3) Geotechnical investigations along canal routes, rivers and night storage

sites

Geological cross section along the main canal route and night storage

sites.

Describe the main lithological units, bank stability & permeability

conditions along the canal route and night storage sites.

The test pitting can at places be augmented by auger test in the pits to

deepen the observation in the soft formations.

Test pit logs will be prepared.

Geological surface and subsurface investigations should be conducted

at major gully crossings to outline suitable foundation for crossing

structure and recommend remedial measures for any observed

instability problems there. Outline clearly those parts or routes that

need lining or not based on the above investigations. (4) Particular geotechnical investigations

1) Landslide and other geological structures

Assess the presence of geological structures and their trend, extent,

spatial orientation (dipping), spacing, opening, filling & roughness and

finally provide remedial measures to be taken during the design of

engineering structures.

Identification and description of the presence of land slides or earth

flows and slope failures around the headworks, reservoir and abutment

areas.

2) Seismic hazard

The regional seism tectonics, location of the project site relative to

global tectonic zones, seismicity, seismic hazard, potential ground

movements and ground accelerations will be assessed from available

seismic hazard zoning information and data. 5.3.10 Construction materials

Assessment of construction material and quantification

Location map of the construction materials

Report on construction material exact location, quantity and quality

confirmed by laboratory test results

The assessment should include rocks for masonry work, rock fill & for

aggregate production, impervious materials, sand for filter & concrete

and water.




5.3.11 Conclusion & recommendation Problems encountered and their possible solution, predictions,

uncertainties or challenges should be clearly defined.

Note:-

Over all opinion about the technical feasibility of the project should be

summarized in brief in the feasibility study report of the project In addition to this chapter, refer to Technical Guideline for Design of

Headworks, Technical Guideline for Design of Irrigation canal and Related

Structures and Technical Guideline for Design of Small Scale Reservoirs.

5.4 IRRIGATION AGRONOMY

5.4.1 Introduction

Knowledge of existing agricultural activities in the proposed irrigated area is

necessary to provide a base line against which the compatibility of the

proposed development may be judged and its impacts assessed. The

importance of Irrigation development, particularly in the farming sub –

sectors needs prime consideration to raise production to achieve food self-

sufficiency and ensure food security at house hold in particular and at a

country level at large.

5.4.2 Objective

The general objective is to increase productivity and production of a given

land through introduction of irrigated agriculture by using modern farming

technology and thereby attain food self sufficiency and food security of the

community of the area.

5.4.3 Methodologies of data collection and planning

(1) Primary data collection

Focus Group Discussion (FGD): requires the preparation of checklist

for the intended focus group. The preparation of the checklist will be

performed in close collaboration with the beneficiaries, stakeholders

and clients.

Agricultural survey including household survey: Stratified random

sampling must be used to select the target group and households for




discussion. The sampled population can be classified in to a strata of

economic status (poor, rich), age (youth, old), sex (male, female),

education (literate, illiterate) ... etc. The size of the sample depends on

the homogeneity of the population, farming system, soils, agro-climatic

zones, ethnic complexity ... etc.). Before conducting the survey, the

questionnaires and the checklists have to be pre-tested.

Experience exchange and discussion: discussion and interviewing with

stake holders at National, Regional, zonal, woreda level, NGOs, Kebele

leaders etc. would help in getting information’s and past experiences of

similar development and activities.

Direct field observation: looking for and assessment of first hand

information on the potentials, constraints and opportunities for

development, the ongoing agricultural practices ... etc.

(2) Secondary data collection

Secondary data collection and review from official documents, publications,

previous studies, annual reports, census reports, survey documents ... etc.

5.4.4 Assessment of existing agricultural resources

(1) Agro-ecological and climatic conditions

The appropriateness and adequate distribution of natural endowments by

large determine the development of agrarian based interventions most

importantly the irrigation developments. Therefore, it’s critically important

being knowledgeable about the environment and social conditions of the

project area in order to draw tangible, applicable, profitable and socially

acceptable irrigation project. During the course of the study, the identified

project area should be assessed to build adequate knowledge about the

agro-ecosystem and agricultural experiences of the communities. It will be

used as a background to plan the irrigated agriculture. More precise

description of the resources is required to produce reliable area specific data

for future planning. Therefore the assessment should be focused on selective

bio-physical, social and institutional parameters linked with agricultural

interventions. The agronomist expected to summarize some important data

from other sector study findings to apply for analysis and recommendations.

Brief descriptions and method of assessment of the parameters are given as

follows:




1) Agro-ecology

Agro-ecological characteristics of the given area determine the agricultural

practice, type of crops grown, potentials and crop growing factors. Therefore

the agronomist needs to give considerable attention in identifying and

characterizing the agro-ecology of the project area. it helps to identify typical

constraints associated with environment, agriculture and land use systems

for given agro-ecology and helps to draw workable development strategies,

which will enable planners to take advantage of the development

opportunities.

Table –5 Major Agro-ecological Zones of Ethiopia

No Major Agro-ecological zones

1 A1 Hot arid lowland plains 2 A2 Warm arid lowland plains 3 A3 Tepid arid mid highlands 4 SA1 Hot semi-arid lowlands 5 SA2 Warm semi-arid lowlands 6 SA3 Tepid semi-arid mid highlands 7 SM1 Hot sub-moist lowlands 8 SM2 Warm sub-moist lowlands 9 SM3 Tepid sub-moist mid highlands 10 SM4 Cool sub-moist mid highlands 11 SM5 Cold sub-moist mid highlands 12 SM6 Very cold sub-moist mid highlands 13 M1 Hot moist lowlands 14 M2 Warm moist lowlands 15 M3 Tepid moist mid highlands 16 M4 Cool moist mid highlands 17 M5 Cold moist sub-afro-alpine to afro-alpine 18 M6 Very cold moist sub-afro-alpine to afro-alpine 19 SH1 Hot sub-humid lowlands 20 SH2 Warm sub-humid lowlands 21 SH3 Tepid sub-humid mid highlands 22 SH4 Cool sub-humid mid highlands 23 SH5 Cold sub-humid sub-afro-alpine to afro-alpine 24 SH6 Very cold sub-humid sub-afro alpine to afro-alpine 25 H2 Warm humid lowlands 26 H3 Tepid humid mid highlands 27 H4 Cool humid mid highlands 28 H5 Cold humid sub-afro-alpine to afro-alpine 29 H6 Very cold humid sub-afro-alpine 30 PH1 Hot per-humid lowlands 31 PH2 Warm Per-humid lowlands 32 PH3 Tepid Per-humid mid highland Source: Revised agro-ecological classification, 2005




Length of growing period: it defines as “the total number of days per

annum with sufficient available moisture for crop growth” the growing

period analysis is based on a simple water balance, using rainfall,

potential evapo-transpiration and soil moisture storage capacity.

According to LUPRD 1984 classification, the LGP is classified in to six

classes:

Table –6 Length of growing period classes LGP Days Universal Terminology

A growing period of below 45 days Arid A growing period of 46-60 days Semi-arid A growing period of 61-120 days Sub-moist A growing period of 121-180 days Moist A growing period of 181-240 days Sub-humid A growing period of 241-300 days Humid A growing period of >300 days Per-humid Source: revised agro-ecological classification, 2005

The length of growing period could give a highlight about the potential crops

and varieties to be considered to develop crop basket for the given area.

Further the main constraints related to the agricultural development could

be identified that can indicate the area that need more attention and

intensive data assessments.

2) Climatic conditions

Rainfall regime

The closest meteorology stations to the command area are potential data

source to collect rainfall data at different time limits that could be daily,

decade and monthly rainfall data. It is recommended to have long-term data

to get more reliable information for analysis. Monthly average and annual

total rainfall are necessary figures being used for further descriptions.

Sources of climatic data could be:

National meteorological service agency

FAO, from CLIMWAT files giving average monthly values (CLIMWAT

Version 2.0 that can be exported to CROPWAT 8.0. format)

River Basin’s Master plan meteorological database

Etc …

The pattern of the seasonality of rain in the project area is determined by

analyzing mean monthly rainfall ratio with that of rainfall module as rainfall




coefficient (Aspects of climate and water budget, 1977). Rainfall module is

one-twelve value of the annual rainfall figure.

Table –7 Rainfall coefficient classification Rainfall Coefficient Designation 1 < 0.6 Dry season 2 0.6 to 0.9 Small rains 3 ≥ 1 Big Rains 3.1 1 to 1.9 Moderate 3.2 2 to 2.9 High 3.3 ≥ 3 Very high Source: Daniel Gemechu 1977 “Aspects of climate and water budget in

Ethiopia

The project area should be describe with the rainfall coefficient values to

identify the months with different rainfall intensity, once this information is

available, the agronomist could use as an input for determination of

cropping calendar.

Table –8 Rainfall coefficient determination Month Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Total R module

Av. Rainfall, mm

8.1 14.7 49.5 82.4 187.5 312.6 358.8 331.2 274.3 122.3 33.7 24.7 1800

Rainfall coefficient

0.1 0.1 0.3 0.5 1.3 2.1 2.4 2.2 1.8 0.8 0.2 0.2 150

According to the above-illustrated data, the dry season for the given area is

ranging from November to April; while in October the rainfall identified as

small rain. In months of May and September the rain is characterized by

moderate intensity. Rainfall with high intensity is occurred in June, July

and August. The rainfall coefficient indicates that the project area has 6-7

months for full irrigation agriculture interventions, while the remaining

months might consider for supplementary irrigation.

Temperature

Temperature data is also available from the same source of rainfall data. The

temperature is one of the climate factor determine the plant growth and

production. Mean, max and min temperature values show the climate

suitability to the potential crops and the minimum and maximum monthly

average data will be used to calculate the ETo. Calculating the ETo with

temperature data is possible with CROPWAT 8.0 software, however

supplementing other important data like humidity, wind velocity and




sunshine hour improve the reliability of the results. The temperature data

could be exported from the CLIMWAT for the purpose of ETo calculation

with CROPWAT 8 by selecting the nearest local stations.

Humidity

Humidity level of the atmosphere determines the level of evapo-

transpiration. The data for relative humidity could be available from

meteorology centers and CIMWAT 2 software output. The relative humidity

distribution will show the favorability possibility of pest infestation

occurrence in which in most cases high humid areas are susceptible to

insect pests and diseases, therefore the agronomist should give emphasis to

incorporate pest control intervention in the project document.

3) Land resource assessment

Topographic feature

In irrigation agronomy, the topographic feature data could give valuable

information determining the type of irrigation system, crops, agricultural

activities and other interventions. Description of the topographic features of

the project area should be undertaken to determine the type of irrigation

system and corresponding suitable crops. For instance, the land with

slopes of ≤ 3%, ≤ 16% and ≤ 8% are taken as limited requirement for

surface, sprinkler and drip irrigation systems respectively.

For the agronomic study of given area, the topographic feature or slope

gradient distribution in the study area can be obtained from other sector

studies like topography survey results, and soils survey, and others.

4) Soil suitability

It is essential from the outset to recognize any properties, physical and

chemical, which might make the soils of the command area either

unsuitable for irrigated agriculture, or require special measures and/or

agronomic techniques if the development is to be sustainable. Such

problems might include erosion risk, low fertility, salinity, alkalinity, poor

drainage etc. The most suitable soils for irrigation are deep, have a uniform

medium texture (loam to clay loam), and are well drained with a PH in the

range of 4.5-8.5.

(2) Farming system

Farming systems show considerable variety, and are differentiated by how

production is organized, by the nature of technologies employed, and by the




types of crops and livestock produced. Technical, institutional, and human

factors affect the type of agricultural system. In turn it determines the type

of farming systems adopted in the area to sustain the livelihood of the

community. Some of the farming systems identified in the country are

summarized to give highlights for further identification of farming system. It

is helping to identify the potential crops in a given farming system and

precipitation conditions.

The cereals highland mixed farming system: It is the major crop

production system in the highlands with altitude above 2300 m.a.s.l.

receiving the big monsoon summer rains that begin around June

/July and small rain around September (Belg). Livestock production is

an intrinsic part of the crop production system in which wide range of

cereals, pulses and oil crops are grown on small farmers’ plots. The

wheat and barley mixed sub-system in which barley and wheat are

growing along with pulses and oil crops constitute the system.

Scarcity of agricultural land, infestation by weeds, diseases and insect

pests, erratic rains, lack of adequate access to agricultural services,

poor infrastructure and market access are major crop production

constraints in the system.

Lowland mixed agriculture: it is to a large extent a sedentary system

of production in which small-scale crop and livestock productions are

run side by side. Small-holder crop production is dominating in areas

with better moisture availability and the livestock husbandry

dominating in drier areas. A wide spectrum of temporary and

permanent crops is grown in both seasons. In some arming as long-

term temporary crops like maize make use of the precipitation from

both rainfall seasons.

Rainfall variability and periodic drought seriously affect crop

production under this farming system. As many areas under this

system are endowed with considerable surface water resources,

development of small and medium scale irrigation is considered as

primary option to enhance and stabilize crop production

The pastoral/agro-pastoral farming system: it is essentially a livestock

production based system in which crop production is gaining

momentum in recent times. Crops such as maize, sorghum, teff,

wheat, soybeans, and haricot bean are grown with varying intensities

in different parts depending on the moisture obtained during the




major and minor rainfall seasons that begin around March/April and

August/ September respectively.

Crop production, although highly risky and low in productivity, plays

recognizable role in livelihood diversification, food security, draught

hazard minimization as well as providing livelihood to the poor with

little or no livestock in the system.

The horticulture complex farming system: it is a mixed farming

system in which horticultural crops like enset, coffee, chat, root crops

and fruits along with some cereal and pulses are produced through

multiple cropping practices. Extremely high population density and

associated intensive utilization of agricultural land are distinguishing

feature of the system. Livestock rearing in most places is based on

stall and restricted feeding animals. Diseases and insect pest of crops,

shortage of agricultural land, sloppy topography and erratic rains are

the major production constraints of the system.

Commercial farming system: it is more specialized farming system

mainly involved in production of cash crops or a market oriented

farming system. The farming system could have a sub-farming

systems basically in reference to the size of the farm such as large-

scale and smallholder commercial sub-farming systems. The farming

system is characterized by use of mechanized technologies, employ

intensive crop production system, use of improved agricultural inputs,

high yielding varieties, and some cases irrigation is a major input of

the system. Commercial farming system is not necessarily

accompanied with irrigation system rather it practiced in large scale

level in lowland part of the country and at small plots in highlands.

What is the need of knowing the farming system for irrigation

agronomy study? It is because to develop the knowledge about the

agricultural practices and the whole agro-ecosystem experienced in

the project area. Maintaining the existing farming system by

introducing more advanced and productive crops which is the most

reliable and sustainable intervention for the betterment of the

beneficiaries and the environment. The experience, constraints,

opportunities of the project area and the beneficiaries would be easily

identified from general characteristics of the farming system.




(3) Land tenure, Land holding size

Traditional land use is largely the result of accumulated and integrated

practical experience of past years and past generations transferred in

harmony with natural environment specifically agro climate. Experiences of

land use therefore always play an important role in land resource planning

and management. The traditions in agricultural land use are extremely

useful means of transferring knowledge and experience through successive

generations of farmers. Making use of these long years of land use practice

in irrigation planning is important for an agronomist in identification of

crops and formulation of proposed agricultural development plan.

It is not the responsibility of the agronomist to identify the land use and

tenure systems but most importantly he is the one who could use the

information for development interventions. The existing land use of the

command area tends to determine the type of interventions required to

convert the area into cultivated land. For instance, the command area might

be composed of forest land or bush land then the agronomist should think

about the clearing of the vegetation and uprooting if necessary. On the other

hand if the area is characterized by intensive farming then the agronomist

should be aware of nutrient depletion based on the soil nutrient analysis

results.

The land tenure system is also important information to understand the

land management and means of use right transfer. It could help to discuss

and suggest how the farmers will manage their irrigable land under stressed

condition or when the land becomes beyond their management capacity. For

instance the farmers could exchange their part of irrigable land with non-

beneficiary households for rainfed agriculture to produce food crops for

domestic use. Therefore the agronomist can propose more appropriate land

utilization mechanisms and development intervention. Some of the land

tenure systems are regular land use right, sharecropping, renting, labor-

land exchange and others arrangements specific to the area.

(4) Assessment of crops grown and yield obtained

Crop production data is an important data being used as a basis for crop

selection, evaluation of the recommended crops potential, and to analyze the

appropriateness of the crops. In order to get most reliable production data

for the project area, the time-series data from the kebele and woreda should

be collected. Depend on the availability of the data in concerned offices, 3-5

years production data are expected to obtain for trend analysis. Through




such trend analysis, the agronomist could screen out most appropriate

crops for the area and identify the abandoned crops and the causes to draw

effective mitigation intervention.

Crop yield per hectare or productivity of the existing crops indicates the

performance of the crops under the existing farming practices. Comparative

analysis of proposed crop yield and existing yield should be carried out to

justify the feasibility of the recommendation. Therefore, the type of crops

grown in the project area and yield per hectare has to be collected.

Table –9 Example of three years crop production

Crops

Year 1 Year 2 Year 3

Cultivated land area

(ha)

Prod (ha)

Yield (qt/ha)


(ha)

Prod (ha)

Yield (qt/ha)


(ha)

Prod (ha)

Yield (qt/ha)

Potato 345 62,100 180 650 119,600 184 760 139,840 184

Barley 860 21,500 25 404 8,080 20 540 10,800 20

Maize 950 42,750 45 990 44,550 45 980 44,100 45

Pepper 450 4,500 10 670 7,370 11 650 7,150 11

Onion 550 71,500 130 650 84,500 130 630 81,900 130

Garlic 340 34,000 100 240 24,000 100 230 23,000 100

Tomato 280 70,000 250 560 145,600 260 670 174,200 260

Cabbage 350 29,750 85 430 38,700 90 520 46,800 90

Carrot 135 10,125 75 230 18,400 80 310 24,800 80

Beet root 146 7,300 50 430 25,800 60 510 30,600 60

Wheat 1,030 28,840 28 930 27,900 30 812 24,360 30

Haricot bean

950 11,400 12 430 5,160 12 512 6,656 13

(5) Input utilization experiences

The discussions should be focused on essential agricultural inputs

including fertilizer, seed, agro-chemicals and farm labor (draught and

human labour). The data could be collected from kebele development center

and woreda agricultural office. The input utilization experiences are very

important to identify the appropriateness of the inputs to be proposed for

the project and to identify the skill gaps need to be addressed for

implementation. Usually the smallholders are applying fertilizer lower than

the recommended rates and this trend should be improved through training.

In order to assess the level of input utilization in the given area the following

issues need to be considered:

Type of fertilizer utilized and rate of application

Type of seeds sown and varieties adopted to the area




Type of agro-chemicals applied in the project area and surroundings

Labor allocation by activities per hectare

If the farmers around the project area are experienced in using of

machineries then the agricultural activities, machineries and rental

costs per hectare information should be collected from the farmers or

development agents

(6) Existing development activities

1) Irrigated agriculture

Assessment of the existing irrigation activities in the project area and in the

woreda is essential to share the experience to combat the problems have

been encountered during implementation. Major issues to be considered in

experience sharing are:

Type of crops grown under traditional and modern irrigation schemes;

Production and yield per hectare;

Type of inputs utilized and specify the crop varieties

Number of beneficiaries

Beneficiary attitude to the irrigated agriculture intervention

Constraints and measures taken to resolve the problems

Existing government, public, NGO developments and plans have to be

reviewed. Government may have regular and special plans in the area and

the relevance with current irrigation has to be elaborated. As part of their

program to implement integrated rural based projects and programs, a

number of NGOs are embodying small scale or micro scale irrigation

schemes. The schemes are planned in response to the need of the

community and the presence of potential land and water resources.

Careful evaluation of previous and existing rural development activities

especially involved in agriculture and integrated development and identifying

the basis of their success or failure is important to learn for their experience

and to create opportunities for further business linkage. Means of

integration of these developments may be considered. Further

recommendation could be viable if the agronomist and socio-economists

discuss to link the proposed project to the existing development

interventions.

2) Experience of Private and state agricultural enterprises

The farms will build a local capacity in irrigation management by diffusion

to farmers. Moreover farmers may benefit by supplying the produce to them

as an out growers. On the other hand the private investors could rent out




the agricultural machineries to smallholders then this opportunity should

be assessed by consulting the communities and management bodies of the

enterprises.

Besides, if the farms have experienced in utilization of different improved

technologies, it could give practical information on their suitability to the

project area for the intended smallholder commercial farms. Similarly other

agricultural inputs utilized and proved in the commercial system could be

taken as input for development of irrigation agriculture at smallholder

farms.

(7) Agricultural practices and technology

Reviewing the agricultural practices relevant to the irrigated agriculture is

essential to build the knowhow about the agricultural system and

experiences of the communities which will help to identify the gaps in

technology application. Furthermore the best practices could be replicated

in the intended project to maintain the optimum yield.

The agronomist shall review existing agronomic practices to use as a

database for recommendation of the best for the irrigation scheme based on

the input level and adoption rate of the technologies. Some of the

technologies or agronomic practiced need consideration area: removal of

crop stubble's and residues, land preparation, seed bed preparation,

planting methods and date of planting, transplanting( if any especially for

horticultural crops), thinning and pruning, irrigation (if there is traditional

irrigation), application of fertilizer and/or manure, weeding time and method

of weeding, cultivation, disease and pest control, crop rotation and cover

crops, Harvesting, Threshing and winnowing, transport, storage facilities,

marketing and prices.

The most important uses of the assessment are helping the agronomist to:

Identify the gaps in existing agricultural practices for improvement in

the proposed projects

Develop appropriate cropping calendar for irrigated agriculture

Improve the use of agricultural inputs such as application of fertilizer,

agro-chemicals, improved seeds in proper way to optimize the outputs

Suggest most appropriate crop rotation patterns based on the existing

experiences

If the area has practiced irrigated agriculture, the irrigation water

management practices or related experience would be basis for




recommendation of improved irrigation system and capacity building

intervention for the farmers

Incorporate most effective project interventions to improve the

technologies

Evaluate the appropriateness of the applied farm inputs to the new

project

5.4.5 Assessment of agricultural production constraints and

opportunities for irrigation development

(1) Identification of agricultural development constraint

It’s a priority task of the agronomist to identify and analyze the constraints

of the agricultural production system in the project area to come-up with

tangible and effective recommendations. The constraints intend to be either

of agronomic, social, institutional and environmental. Most importantly, if

the area has experienced in irrigation agriculture, the agronomist should

give more focus on investigation of constraints limiting the crop production

in irrigated farming system.

Typical constraints of crop production system in the project area expected to

identify through consultation or other methods of data collection. Most

common crop production constraints of the smallholder farming are listed

as follows:

Social constraints

Population pressure causes land fragmentation

Resistance of the community to new technologies

Lack of adequate knowledge on irrigation technology

Uneven level of commitment among the local leaders and

committee members

Institutional constraints

Lack of managerial skills in community based organization

Inadequate commitment and lack of institutional capacity at

kebele level to organize the beneficiaries to involve in modern

marketing system

Weak capacity of research centres to address the irrigation

agriculture constraints

Weak institutional capacity of service and marketing cooperatives

to manage with crop outputs

Imperfect operation of agricultural marketing system




Weak institutional linkage between agricultural support service

providers

Farmers’ training centres give less attention to irrigation agronomy

Poor linkage between the farmers and potential agricultural

enterprise to exchange their experience and being reliable partner

in the marketing system; and others

Agronomic and environmental constraints

Shortage and uneven distribution of rainfall

Soil nutrient depletion and land degradation

Pest infestation and frost occurrence

Water resource use competition between beneficiaries

Lack of knowledge on input utilization

Shortage of input supply and escalating input price

Irrigation water management; and other

(2) Development opportunities for irrigated agriculture

The main purpose of identifying the potentials and opportunities of the

project area is to support the process of determining the type of crops to be

proposed for irrigated agriculture. The selection of the crops should be

based on agronomic, social and institutional potentials of the area, besides

the existing and future opportunities need to be taken into consideration for

the success of the project.

The agricultural opportunities are differing from place to place based on the

natural resource availability, social, economic and infrastructure conditions

of the area. Therefore the assessment should gear specific to irrigated

agriculture to identify reliable opportunities for anticipated project. The

following areas of assessment are recommended to identify the opportunity

of the area:

Land and water resource suitability to crop production;

Farmers’ experience in irrigation agriculture;

Skills in intensive farming system and cash crop production system;

Accessibility of agricultural support service;

Market infrastructure;

Agro-processing centre availability

Government development policies and strategies;

Proxy to urban centres;

Access to export market route; and others




(3) Assessment of development strategy for irrigated agriculture

Identifying the local project level development strategy or the means to

achieve the goals of the project will help the agronomist to concentrate on

appropriate and potential crops. As an option the following development

strategies are briefed for consideration, but there could be a number of

options that the experts could develop from the project area context, and

they should be consistent to the national long-term development strategies.

Specialization

Crop specialization is one of the crop production improvement option

focused on single crop or a group of crops. Considering the demand of the

agricultural products the project could specialized in certain crop to fulfill

the demand and to attain higher income. The existing growing corridor or

crops belt zonation could give highlight for planner to identify the crops

potential for specialization.

Crop diversification

The agricultural development of the project area can be maintained by

producing different mixed crops by individual farmers that minimize risks

which is a typical livelihood strategy of the smallholders. In this option the

farmers will get more alternative crops from the crop basket to grow for

different markets. The crops could be selected from different crop groups

like cereals, pulse, oil seeds, fiber crops, perennials. The crop diversity could

include food crops to meet the demand of the households.

Domestic market oriented

Several market outlet options are available in the country and regions that

has sufficient potential to absorb the agricultural production. The project

could design the development strategy considering the capacity of the

domestic markets and the crops those are more preferable by local

customers. This strategy is entirely rely on the domestic markets mainly

near to the project area.

Export oriented

The projects might have location comparative advantage to exploit the export

market opportunities. Ethio-Djibuti trade routes through Diredawa, Ethio-

Sudan trade routes through Metema or other outlets. Ethio-Putland trade

routes and others to be established in future are potential areas for export




marketing. The projects those found along the indicated trade routes could

plan their production for export market. For smallholder irrigation projects

they might need to organize in UNION or cooperative to meet the demand.

Crop-livestock mixed

Mixed agriculture is an option for the project to incorporate the livestock

production in agricultural production system but with considerable

production quantity. Livestock production system should be a modern dairy

production with processing plant in the project area that can be managed by

the Union or supply to processing factory. Crop production is remaining as a

major component of the mixed production development option contributing

significant portion of the household annual income. In order to optimize the

benefits from livestock sector and enhance its role in the livelihood of the

beneficiaries this agricultural development strategy could be applied.

Supply for agro-processing

This option is designed to supply raw materials for different agro-processers

through contractual arrangement. There are wheat flour mill factories,

tomato paste processing factory, dye extracting factory, and food complex

factory in the country can be linked with the project to solve the raw

material shortages. To apply this development strategy the implementers

should consider the size of command area and volume of the production for

consistent supply.

Combined options

The combined option of the above listed development options can be an

alternative strategy for improvement of agricultural sector. Based on the

existing production and market conditions the project can combine the

above-mentioned alternatives to attain higher farm return.

5.4.6 Proposed irrigation development plan

(1) Selection of crops and criteria’s used for crop selection

1) Crop basket determination

Before the start of the selection of potential crops for the irrigated

agriculture, list of a range of crops growing in the project area should be

prepared. The crop basket not necessarily include only the list of crops

currently growing in the project area rather based on the agro-climatic and

soil conditions all possible crops could be incorporated in the crop lists.




Because there are potential and suitable crops which might not currently

found in the cropping patterns of the project area need to be considered in

new development intervention.

Table –10 The possible list of crops for irrigated agriculture

Crop group Type of crops

Cereals Sorghum, maize, barley, oats, millet, wheat, rice ... etc. Pulses Chickpea, faba bean, soybean. lentil, haricot bean, filed

pea, mung bean, grass pea, fenugreek, cowpea etc Oil crops Groundnut, Soya bean, Noug, Sun flower, Castor bean,

Sesame Vegetables Shallot, Onion, Beetroot, Swiss chard, Cabbage,

pepper, Potato, Water melon, Carrot, Cucumber, Okra, Sweet potato, Tomato, Lettuce, Green- beans, Sweet corn, Egg plant, Spinach ... etc.

Fruits Pineapple, Guava, Papaya, Lime, Grape fruit, Mandarin, Avocado, Orange, Strawberry, Mango, Banana, Apple, Guava, etc.

Fiber crops: Sisal, Cotton, Kenaf , ... etc. Other perennials: Sugarcane, Rubber tree, Palm oil trees, .etc Stimulant crop: Tea, Coffee, Tobacco, etc Spices and condiments

Fenugreek, Cardamom, Coriander, Cumin, Turmeric, Black fennel, Cloves, Ginger, etc..

After the identification of suitable crops those could be grown in the given

agro-ecology and farming systems, the next step is screening the most

appropriate crops meet the objective of the projects. The selection criteria

should be set to make more appropriate list of crops, further briefing is

required why the crops are incorporated in the cropping pattern. This

information will give a highlight for implementers to use the products

accordingly for desirable purposes.

The smallholders would have two major objectives to carry out irrigation

agriculture on their plots of land; attaining the food demand of the family

members is the primary objective, while growing cash crops to generate

household income is the second important objective. In some cases,

irrigation projects planned to attain maximum return by growing only cash

crops in both supplementary and full irrigation cropping seasons. Under

small-scale irrigation the crops selection should taking into account the

optimum utilization of water, land and labor to attain the objective of the

project.




Crop selection is a main and determinant process to ensure the sustainable

development of irrigation projects, because the overall goals of the irrigation

project are screwing to the improvement of crop outputs. Besides all other

sector studies are relying on the recommendations of this process. Therefore

adequate emphasis and time should be given to crop selection process and

in some cases that might need consultation with the study team members

for optimum output.

During community consultation and household survey, the preferences of

the respondents should be addressed to capture the need of the

beneficiaries. It must be clear that the expertise should not apply all the

proposed crops from the community. The proposal further should analyze

from different perspectives to meet the project goals and realize irrigation

development.

2) Selection criteria

The criteria for selecting the potential crops should follow multidimensional

approach to cover various issues. The criteria could categorize into

agronomic, social, environmental, cultural, and business sectors to simplify

the determination of the selection criteria. Most importantly, the criteria

should not be complex to exercise rather need to be simple and sensitive to

the desired project objectives. Three major targets of the criteria are

increased crop production, high income generation and restoration of soil

fertility.

Accordingly hereby briefed possible criteria are listed and apply where

appropriate. Brief explanation is stated to describe the selection factors for

better understanding. It’s believed that there could be other factors to be

considered for better crop identification for specific project areas.

(a) Agro-climate: it is one the major environmental factors determining the

growth and productivity of the crops, thus in reference to the temperature,

rainfall, humidity, and day-length requirements of the crops, more

appropriate crops from climatic factor point of view could be screened. The

range of climatic requirements for each proposed crop can be referred from

different literatures and area specific research findings.

(b) Length of growing period: suitable for the proposed crop intensity: crop

varieties characterized by short length of growing period are preferred for

double cropping. It should keep in mind that short-cycle varieties preferably




to be considered during crop selection, so that the LGP of a given crop

includes short and long-cycle varieties those can grow in different growing

period. It gives opportunities to include more crops in the cropping pattern.

(c) Potential of the irrigation water source: the accessibility of irrigation

water varies across the country and currently it becomes a scarce natural

resource. The potential of the identified water source should be taken into

consideration to optimize the benefits from scarce resource. As the result of

reconnaissance study and field assessment or consulting the hydrologists,

the agronomist would have preliminary information on irrigation water

availability. Besides, the community could roughly characterize the capacity

and flow nature of the water sources in particular during dry season;

therefore, based on the obtained information the potential crops could be

selected. This implies that less water demand crops should be selected for

the drier areas. On the contrary, in areas where the water sources are

abundant then this selection criterion would not be taken as major selection

factor.

(d) Soil type and characteristics: Soil types and their physical, chemical,

biological properties influence the choice of crops. Any adverse soil

characteristics will impede the growth and thereby reduce yield of the crop.

The crops generally require good physical and chemical conditions of soils.

In general terms, there are crops performing well in heavy soils while most

of the cultivated plants are preferring light soils. In most cases, irrigation

activity is suggested to practice in lighter soils like luvisos then crops which

are more productive in lighter soils will be considered. In heavy soils like

black cotton (rare cases) soils, then crops like cotton, lentils, chickpea, will

be in front line.

In acidic soils tolerant and less sensitive crops to be considered for cropping,

the pH value for each crop should referred and noted in the study

document.

Availability of high yielding variety and other improved inputs:

improved technologies availability and utilization determine the

feasibility of the agriculture project. In particular for irrigated

agriculture, which characterized by high investment cost is

recommendable to apply the package of improved farm inputs to

realize high farm return. Considering the aforementioned facts the




selection of crops must give attention to the availability of potential

varieties for identified crops to acquire as required. The information

could be available from different sources such as Ethiopian

Agricultural Research Institute, Ministry of Agriculture (annual variety

registration booklet) and other regional research centres.

High market value and potential for export market: as far as the

irrigation project is designed mostly for commercial farming, attractive

crop market value in domestic or export markets should be prior

criteria for crop selection. The market demand trend of the crops for

the last years shows the performance and potential of the crops

remaining in the market without significant price drop. It is a good

economic indicator to determine the marketability of the crops under

given circumstances. The long-term marketability of the crops should

be taken into consideration. Thus crops found in good market demand

will be considered for proposal.

Potential for agro-processing and other value chain activities: the

potential of the crops for further processing to get value added

products would be considered in the selection process. The crops with

this quality would have reliable market outlet that encourages the

farmers to involve in production of potential crops. Before the

selection of such crops the required data on the availability of the

agro-processing enterprises in the market catchments of the project

need to assessed and consulted with business partners.

Suitability to irrigation technology: the anticipated irrigation system to

use for the project can give a direction about the type of crops need to

be included in the project. Decisions on the type and method of

irrigation and water management require a multidisciplinary data

from water resources, soil, socio-economic and institutional capacity.

However the type and methods of irrigation influences the type of

crops to be grown. For example the cropping pattern under surface

irrigation will not be the same under sprinkler or drip owing to the

level of technologies.

Potential for maintenance of soil fertility: pulse crops should get a

priority in the cropping patterns for soil fertility maintenance purpose

and at the same time they should have high economic importance

Growers’ preference and experience: the existing farming experience

and crops found under cultivation are given priority in the proposed

cropping pattern as far as they fit to other selection criteria.




(e) Cropping intensity: it is desirable for the cropping intensity to approach

200% and more. But it needs very careful adjustment by taking into

consideration the calendar of the traditional rainfed cropping system or

supplementary irrigation agriculture. Moreover, the trends of the rainfall

distribution must be used as indicative for designing the cropping calendar.

Achieving the optimum cropping intensity requires mostly a short cycle

variety.

(f) Recurrent prevalence of pest infestation: back history of the project area

in pest infestation incidence should be taken into consideration to propose

less risk crops. Crops those have been severely affected by certain diseases

should not be selected for production unless otherwise the project include

appropriate control measures

(g) Consumption habit of the community: in most cases the consumption

habit or the type of staple crop determines the household decision making in

cropping pattern development. Depending on the objective of the project and

food security level of the communities, staple crops could be selected and

occupy significant land area to sustain the need of the beneficiaries.

(h) Higher crop margin: the crop with higher crop margins are more

preferable in irrigated agriculture projects because of high infrastructure

investment costs. Based on the preliminary with project crop budget, the

agronomist can have a highlight on the profitability of the crops then such

crops with higher margin could be chosen for further screening.

(i) Potential for small-scale processing: small and medium enterprises are

currently establishing in urban and rural areas in different business sectors

those should take into consideration for selection of crops based on their

demand. On the other hand, the beneficiaries of the same project might

have a plan to establish a cottage industry then the farm could feed the

industry which is most important criteria under such circumstances. Crops

like tomato, oilseed crops, spices, pulse

(j) Government policy and development strategies: in general all development

interventions expected to design in the framework of the national and

regional development strategies. In particular, community based

development projects are evolved and practiced to attain the project




objectives which in turn support the national short and long-term goals.

Therefore the crops those have significant capacity to contribute to the

national and regional economy should have a priority in the proposed

cropping pattern to get the government incentives and other supports.

(2) Development of cropping pattern

Cropping pattern represent the level of cropland utilization and its allocation

to crops, and reflect the agronomic, climatic and socio-economic conditions

in a given cropping season. The cropping pattern of smallholders’ farm

mostly have more diversified patterns than other farming systems to

mitigate damage of pests and diseases, unpredictable climate shocks, fulfill

household food requirements and allow increased opportunities for sale. The

cropping pattern of smallholders also depends on the availability of

agricultural inputs, soil type, holding size, length of growing period of the

constituent crops, rainfall duration, and market opportunity. Under

irrigated farming condition the cropping pattern expected to include high

value cash crops to get higher returns from the system.

In the projects where additional farm costs expected like water fee and cost

recovery payments could be factors to intensify the cropping pattern and

make more market oriented to enhance their farm income with intensive

and high return potential cropping system.

Two season cropping system is typical farming feature of the irrigated

agriculture in which the farmers able to grow in full and supplementary

irrigation. The need of supplementary irrigation will be determined by crop

water requirement of proposed crops and the adequacy of rainfall during wet

season. Thus the planner expected to develop cropping pattern for both

seasons.

1) Developing of multiple cropping patterns

There is a possibility of developing more than one cropping patterns for a

given project when different parts of the command area have distinctly

different soil features or other physical factors. However, in most cases this

situation might not be practical for small-scale irrigation project those are

characterized by small size of command area. Some of the conditions

enforce to develop more than one cropping patterns for a project are briefed

below.




2) Command area with different types of soils

Physical and chemical properties of soils are determining the level of

suitability to identified crops to produce optimum production. For instance,

the crops those tolerate water logging problem could have better opportunity

to grow on black cotton soils. If the command area has two distinct soil

types like Luvisols and vertisols then crops to be selected for these two parts

of the command area should be depend on the feature of the indicated soils

and respectively the cropping patterns must be treated separately. Usually

this approach is applicable on medium and large scale farms, unless

otherwise the small-scale irrigation has larger area coverage.

As presented in the following examples, the crops for the command area

with Luvisos are selected based on their appropriateness to light soils.

In Table 11 and 12, potential and suitable crops are selected and included

in the cropping patterns. Therefore the soil data should be available and

used as an input to exercise the cropland allocation.

Table –11 Cropping Patterns for Luvisols soils

Crop Wet season Dry season Area, %

Sowing date

Harvesting date

Area, %

Sowing date

Harvesting date

Maize grain 30 May 20-25

Sept 10 Nov April

Maize seed 2 Nov April Sesame 27 May Oct 25 Nov March Haricot bean 10 June Oct 13 Nov Feb Groundnut 12 May Sept 10 Nov March Sunflower 5 Nov Feb Safflower 5 Nov Feb Pepper 14 May Aug- 8 Dec Marc Tomato 5 Dec March Onion 10 Nov Feb Mango 5 May Perennial 5 Perennial Perennial Citrus 2 May Perennial 2 Perennial Perennial Total 100 100




Table –12 Cropping Patterns for Vertic Soils

Crop

Wet season, % Dry season, %

% Sowing date

Harvesting % Sowing date

Harvesting

Finger millet 15 May Sept 18 Dec April Sorghum 20 May Sept 22 Dec April Sugarcane 10 May-Jun 10 12/18 months Rice 20 June Oct Pepper 10 June Oct 20 Dec Marh Noug 15 May Sept 17 Dec April Chick pea 12 July Oct 15 Nov Feb Cotton 3 May Perennial 3 Perennial Perennial Forage 5 May Perennial 5 Perennial Perennial Total 100 100

3) Physical Feature of the Command Area

Slope gradient is a physical feature of the land taken as selection criteria for

identification of land suitability for agriculture in general and for irrigated

agriculture in particular. As recommended in different literatures, the type

of irrigation application system is mainly rely on steepness nature of the

land. In most cases, the command area with the slope gradient of less than

3% is preferred for surface irrigation system, however due to different

reasons, most importantly shortage of arable land the project will be in

condition to use the land up to 12% of slopes for irrigated agriculture.

Therefore with this land feature the cropping pattern should be specific to

that part of the command area.

By identifying the command area with different land use the cropping

pattern can be developed for given areas, here we have to make sure that

the identified land use should have significant or meaningful land area size

to treat separately, otherwise its recommended treating together with other

parts of the command area. The judgment would be remained with the

agronomist to avoid complexity of the study.

4) Farm model approach cropping pattern development

The farm model based approach provides multiple options to accommodate

the interest of the beneficiaries and to fit with the changing of market

demand and project development strategies. As far as the irrigation

agriculture is a market sensitive project then the volatile nature of the

agricultural market must be taken as a critical factor in designing the

project and developing the cropping pattern in particular.




The proposed cropping patterns during the study period could be changed to

other arrangements due to different reasons in which the crop price factor

tend to be the major influential in irrigated agriculture farming system.

In order to support the sustainable agricultural production planning and

minimize the project failure due to the application of traditional cropping

pattern, appropriate farm models with alternative cropping patterns need to

be designed based on the predetermined project development strategy.

The cropping patterns need to be proposed for alternative farm models in

reference with development strategies identified during the course of the

study. The experiences in Ethiopian irrigated agriculture show that in most

areas the beneficiaries are not strictly follow the cropping patterns

suggested in irrigation development study documents. The shift to other

patterns is convincing from their point of view, therefore in order to give

more options considering various development aspects, proposing number of

cropping patterns would be more preferable.

5) How we could establish different alternative cropping pattern?

For this purpose the agronomist in consultation with the economist should

calculate indicative crop margin (farm return) for potential crops. Rate of

profitability per hectare basis of each crop would be the basis for

development of appropriate project farm models. The following relevant

development issues could be taken in to consideration to formulate the farm

models’ cropping patterns suitable for particular irrigation project.

These are:

Favourable agricultural resource availability to practice the identified

farm model; (like climate, land, soils, irrigation water)

Market opportunities and encouraging price trends in domestic and

export markets;

Suitable policy and development strategy to realize the farm models;

Farmers experience in implementing the proposed farm models;

Agricultural input and output demands in the region and the country;

Readiness of the agricultural offices and community based

organizations like Union and Cooperatives (if any) to support the

overall agricultural activities of the project; and

Commercial nature of the farm models and capacity to reimburse the

project costs (if the project expected to recover some project costs).




Among the alternative project cropping patterns the beneficiaries can pick

one or more based on the market conditions and demand of the commodity.

All farm models with different cropping patterns need to be commercial

oriented targeting different potential buyers or business partners.

(a) Crops with highest gross return

This model could develop based on the gross margin (return) computed for a

hectare basis. For both seasons the crops with highest income from each

crop group for example from cereals, pulses, vegetables and spice could

incorporate in the cropping pattern of this farm model. The crops planned to

grow under supplementary irrigation should be high value crops.

Table –13 Crops with highest crop margin Dry season Area, % Wet season Area, % Wheat seed 30 Teff 30 Faba bean export 26 Wheat 30 Chickpea export 25 Field pea 28 Onion bulb 6 Garlic 7 Black cumin 8

(b) Crops with 2nd rank in their gross return:

The selection of crops for this project farm model follows the same principle

as farm model 1, the only difference is the crop selected for this model have

slightly less gross margin than first farm model.

Table –14 Crops with 2nd rank in their farm return Dry season Area, % Wet season Area, % Wheat grain 30 Barley 40 Soybean 25 Maize 30 Potato 18 Faba bean 23 Garlic 20 Mango 7

(c) Non-perishable annual crop with tropical fruits

The major focus of this farm model is to grow non-perishable crops to

minimize price fluctuation effect due to excessive supply during peak

harvest. The crops could be sold for consumers, processors, exporting and

seed source for next cropping season. The products of the crops could safely

store for longer period to fetch higher income.




Table –15 Non-perishable crops Dry season Wet Season Crop Area, % Area, % Wheat seed 20 Teff 38 Wheat grain 39.95 Maize 22 Soybean 25 Faba bean 25 Onion seed 0.05 Mango 5 5 Avocado 5 Avocado 5 Forage crops 5 Forage crops 5

The project could implement this option when the project face a problem in

processing or exporting vegetables products or the price for perishable

annual crops found unattractive.

(d) Seed production focused

High yielding variety is one of the essential agricultural inputs in

commercial farming system to enhance crop production. Seed multiplication

business is an attractive agricultural business where the smallholders and

commercial farmers are engaged to optimize their profit and ensure the seed

supply for their potential customers. It would be one of the alternative farm

models including the cropping pattern with potential seed crops.

Table –16 Improved seed based cropping pattern Dry season Wet Season Crops Area, % Crops Area, % Maize seed 10 Teff seed 36 wheat seed 24 Barley seed 18 Wheat grain 39 chickpea seed 24.95 Chick pea seed 25 Faba bean seed 23 Onion seed 0.05 Seed production will be carried out mainly during dry season cropping

under irrigation, because of two reasons, the first reason is to reduce pest

infestation and other natural calamities and the second reason is to supply

quality seed for next main cropping season where the demand for improved

seed will be higher in all parts of the country. (e) Mix of seed production and HVC

This model combines seed production activity and production of other

marketable crops for different purposes. This model will be applicable if the

farmers in project area are not willing to involve in seed production or




reduce the land area of the seed production due to different reasons. Then

cropping patterns of project and the farmers required adjustment depend on

the changes in agri-business. Then the farmers will cultivate other high

value crop for agro-processing or for domestic market. Table –17 Seed multiplication and high value crop production cropping

pattern Dry season Wet Season Crops Area, % Crops Area, % Wheat seed 42.95 Wheat 27 Potato 16 Teff seed 20 Chickpea seed 17 Field pea 25 Soybean 20 Onion seed 0.05 Black cumin 24 Elephant grass 4 Elephant grass 4

Maize, wheat, chickpea and onion are proposed for seed production while

lentils, potato, haricot bean and forage plant are selected for domestic

marketing.

(f) Crops for agro-processing and export

This cropping pattern could be formulated with the crops potential for agro-

processing and export markets. The products will be supplied to agro-

processing enterprises under contractual agreement.

Table –18 Cropping pattern for agro-processing and export market Irrigated Rainfed Crops Area, % Crops Area, % Bread wheat 30 Bread Wheat 30 Maize grain 15 Teff 26 Soya bean 15 Soybean 30 Chickpea export 20 Tomato 6 Mango 5 Mango 5 Avocado 5 Avocado 5 Forage 4 Forage 4

As indicated in the given example; the crops including bread wheat, maize,

tomato, and fruits are proposed for agro-processing while other can be

exported or processed depend on the price advantage of the two market

outlets.

(g) Crop production mainly for export market

The project could plan by targeting the export market. Intensive market

assessment is required to determine the cropping pattern. The products




must be qualified for the desired quality. The farm model could be practiced

mainly for two reasons; the first one is because of attractive price given for

export crops and the second reason is to generated foreign currency for the

project and national benefits.

Table –19 Cropping pattern mainly for export market Dry Season Wet Season Crops Area, % Crops Area, % Faba bean 30 Barley 15 Chickpea 30 Wheat 25 Haricot bean 28 Black cumin 20 Noug 15 Fenugreek 13 Mango 6 Mango 6 Avocado 6 Avocado 6

As demonstrated in the Table above faba bean, chickpea, haricot bean,

black cumin, fenugreek are suggested for export market while other crops

produced under supplementary irrigation wheat, barley and noug are for

domestic markets.

(h) Crop production for agro-processing

The farm model focuses on crops used for agro-processing enterprise. the

existing agro-processing factories in the country are working under their

installment capacity because of shortage of raw materials. Therefore it’s

desirable to involve in production of industrial crops under irrigation to

maintain the raw material supply for flour factories, food industries; dye and

oil extracting factories, textile industries, tomato paste and others.

Table –20 Potential crops for agro-processing

Dry Season Wet Season Crop Area, % Area, % Wheat 30 Wheat 27 Maize 30 Maize 25 Tomato 10 Teff 19 Potato for glucose/starch 10 Black cumin 17 Pepper for dye extraction 15 Potato 7

Applying the farm model approach for cropping pattern development would

have many advantages:

Has flexible nature to adjust according to the dynamics of the

production demand;

Provide numbers of options for the project implementer to choose

more appropriate patterns;




Allows to involve in many agricultural enterprise in collaboration with

partners including the private investors, government enterprise, and

exporters; and others

6) Factors affecting crop area proportion in given cropping pattern

In determining the proportion or land area in percentage, the following

important issues which potentially affect the overall output of the project

and farm return should be considered. Some of the possible factors are

listed but not limited:

Location of the project area

Consumption habit of the community

Level of perishiability of the crops

History of the crop towards the vulnerability to pest infestation

Client demand in out-grower arrangement

Availability of suitable land for specific crop (rice, sugarcane, acidic

soil, slop gradient

Accessibility of post-harvest technologies like cold room

Government policy and strategies

Length of growing period

5.4.7 Agro-climatic analysis of the irrigation project area

(1) General

Climate is a major determinant of agricultural development. For analysis of

agro-climatic in irrigation development planning, data from class ‘A’

meteorological station in the project area or nearby location is required.

The analysis of climatic stations in project area will help us to justify the

need and planning of irrigation. The following agro-climatic parameters have

to be collected and analyzed in collaboration with project agro-meteorologist

or hydrologist in irrigation study and design.

(2) Length of growing period

Length of growing period (LGP) concept is one method of assessing rainfall-

potential evapotraspiration relationships that define the period in which

agricultural production is possible from the view point of moisture

availability in the absence of temperature limitations. Growing period has

been divided in to three broad classes; i.e. no growing period, single growing

period and double growing period.




(3) Potential Evapotranspiration and pan evaporation

Potential evapotranspiration (PET): is used to compute the maximum water

transpired and evaporated from the plants. Values of PET helped us to

identify crop water and irrigation requirements.

(4) Atmospheric temperature

Temperature has significant impact on the productivity of crops. Besides,

the effect of temperature is reflected on evapotranspiration and physiological

process of the crops, which incurs moisture consumption. Day and night

temperature, mean daily, monthly and annual temperature, seasonal

temperature has to be analyzed.

Thermal zones and crop temperature requirement has to be identified to

establish irrigation and crop water requirement. There are six thermal zones

in Ethiopia as shown in Table 21.

(5) Dependable and Rainfall Probability

Mean daily, monthly and annual rainfall has to be collected for irrigation

planning especially crop water requirement. The amount of water that is

available for agriculture is primarily determined by the amount of

dependable rainfall that reaches the surface. Dependable rainfall is usually

taken as 85% and depends on site conditions. The probabilities of the

occurrence of rainfall for each month and seasons have to be estimated.

(6) Sunshine hours and radiation

Daily length/sunshine hours and radiation are very important in

photosynthetic plant growth and estimation of crop water requirement. The

irrigation agronomist has to analyze daily, monthly, seasonal and annual

mean of sunshine hours to investigate their effect on selected crops.

(7) Wind speed

Wind speed is useful in crop irrigation requirement and crop productivity.

Both maximum and minimum wind speed is significant in crop performance

especially after late development.

(8) Atmospheric humidity

Relative humidity with other climatic parameters is used mainly to estimate

potential evapo-transpiration. Moreover, relative humidity has significant

effect on crop productivity. The irrigation agronomist has to analyze monthly




and annual mean relative humidity and investigate their effect on selected

crops.

Table –21 Traditional climatic zones of Ethiopia Zone Sub-zone Altitude

(m) Temperature (0C)

Rainfall (mm)

LGP (days)

High Wurch

>3700 <7.5 >1400 271-365

Wurch Wet 3200-3700 7.5-10 >1400 211-365 Moist 900-1400

Dega Wet 2300-3200 10-15 >1400 121-210 Moist 900-1400

W/dega Wet 1500-2300 15-20 >1400 91-120 Moist 900-1400 Dry <900

Kola Moist 500-1500 20-25 900-1400 46-90 Dry <900

Bereha <500 >25 <900 0-45

5.4.8 Soil water and crop relationship

(1)General

Having selected crops and formulated cropping pattern, the next crucial step

is to investigate soil water and crop relationship for each selected crops.

In irrigation planning it is very important for the agronomist and the users

to know soil-water and crop relationships. For example, plant

evapotranspiration and soil water extraction processes requires an

understanding of the driving forces and principles involved. These principles

include evapotranspiration, soil moisture retention and soil moisture

movement in conjunction with plant root growth and characteristics of

moisture extraction and adsorption. In general, development especially in

irrigated agriculture helps to formulate and plan crop-water and yield

optimization. In all cases investigation of crop physiology and soil

characteristics on one hand and their joint reaction in presence of moisture

and application irrigation water on the other hand is believed to be an

objective approach.

(2) Factors influencing soil-plant and water relationship

The factors affecting the water relations of plants and their growth and yield

response may be grouped into the following:




Soil factors such as soil moisture content, texture, structure, density,

salinity, fertility, aeration, soil temperature, compaction, infiltration,

permeability and drainage;

Plant factors such as type of crop, planting density and depth of

rooting, rate of root growth, aerodynamic roughness of the crop,

drought tolerance and variety effects;

Miscellaneous factors such as soil volume and plant spacing, soil

fertility and soil management, crop management.

These factors have to be analyzed in irrigation project planning especially in

crop selection and cropping pattern, estimation of crop water requirement,

recommendation of cropping practices and yield build up. Their relationship

has to be developed in graphic and other statistical forms.

In general the guideline emphasize that, the crop physiology and soil-water

relationship should be clearly known before planning of cropping pattern,

recommendation of inputs and agronomic practices and estimation of yield

and crop water requirement. Soil water and crop relationships are a basis to

estimate crop water requirement and irrigation water requirement.

5.4.9 Crop water requirement

Having analyzed agro-climatic parameters of the project area and

established cropping pattern/intensity, the next core of the whole irrigation

development and management is estimation of reference (crop) water

requirement, crop water requirement and project irrigation requirement.

The water requirement of a crop depends on the climate. Under the same

climatic conditions different crops require different amounts of water and

the quantities of water used by a particular crop vary with its stage of

growth. Initially during seeding, sprouting and early growth a crop uses

water at a relatively slow rate. The rate will increase with growth of crop

reaching the maximum in most crops as it approaches flowering and then

decline towards maturity.

(1) Reference (crop) evapotranspiration

Evapo-transpiration or consumptive use is the sum of the amount of water

evaporated from the soil and the amount of water transpired by the crop. It

is the total movement of water vapor into the air from land, which supports

plant life, including transpiration from plants and evaporation from water or

soil surfaces.




ETo is defined as the rate of evaporation from an extensive surface of 8 to

15cm tall green grass cover of uniform height, actively growing, completely

shading the ground and with no shortage of water. Solar radiation, air and

soil temperature, humidity, vapor pressure, wind velocity and specific crop

and variety are all interrelated factors in evapotranspiration process.

There are six major methods to estimate reference crop evapotranspiration

(ETo). The Blaney-criddley, Radiation, Pan evaporation, Christiansen,

Hargreaves and Penman methods. The choice of the method must be based

on the type of climatic data available and on the accuracy required in

determining water needs.

Table –22 Comparison of data requirement for estimation of crop water

requirement Method Temperature Humidity Wind Sunshine Radiation Evapo. Envir. Blaney Criddle * 0 0 0 - - 0 Radiation * 0 0 * (*) - 0 Penman * * * * (*) - 0 Pan evaporation

- 0 0 - - * *

Christiansen * 0 0 0 0 0 0 Hargreaves * (*) (*) (*) 0 0 0

*; Measured data 0; Estimated data (*); If available, but not essential

The penman method would offer the best result with minimum possible

error of plus or minus 10% in summer and up to 20% under low evaporative

conditions.

For areas where measured data on temperature, humidity, wind speed and

sunshine duration or radiation are available, the use of FAO Penman-

Monteith method is suggusted because compared to the other methods it

provide the most satisfactory results.

(2) Crop coefficient (Kc)

The crop coefficient (kc) is presented to relate ETo to crop

evapotranspiration (ETc). Thus, the Kc values relates to the reference

evapotranspiration of a disease-free crop grown in large fields under

optimum soil and water and fertility conditions and achieving full

production potential under the given growing environment. In addition to

the Kc values to compute crop water requirement, the following information

are also important.

the date of sowing;

the length of the total growing season;




the duration of initial stage (germination to 10% ground cover),

the duration of crop development stage (from 10% to 80% ground

cover),

the duration of mid season stage,

the duration of late season stage.

The value of the crop coefficient (Kc) varies with the development stages of

the crop. For most crops, the kc value for the total growing period is between

0.85 and 0.9 with the exception of a higher value for banana, rice, coffee

and cocoa and a lower value for citrus, grape, sisal and pineapple.

Table –23 Crop Coefficient of some major vegetable crops Crop Crop Development Stage

Initial Development Mid Season

Late Season

At Harvest

Banana/tropical 0.40-0.50 0.70-0.85 1.0-1.10 0.90-1.0 0.75-0.85 Bean (green) 0.30-0.40 0.65-0.75 0.95-1.05 0.90-0.95 0.85-0.95 Bean (dry) 0.30-0.40 0.70-0.80 1.05-1.20 0.65-0.75 0.25-0.30 Cabbage 0.40-0.50 0.70-0.80 0.95-1.10 0.90-1.00 0.80-0.95 Cotton 0.40-0.50 0.70-0.80 1.05-1.25 0.80-0.90 0.65-0.70 Grape 0.35-0.55 0.60-0.80 0.70-0.85 1.0-1.10 0.90-1.0 Ground Nut 0.40-0.50 0.70-0.80 0.95-1.10 0.75-0.85 0.55-0.60 Maize (sweet) 0.30-0.50 0.70-0.90 0.05-1.20 1.00-1.15 0.95-1.10 Maize (grain) 0.30-0.50 0.70-0.85 1.05-1.20 0.80-0.95 0.55-0.60 Onion (dry) 0.40-0.60 0.70-0.80 0.95-1.10 0.85-0.90 0.75-0.85 Onion (fresh) 0.40-0.60 0.60-0.75 0.95-1.05 0.95-1.05 0.95-1.05 Pea (fresh) 0.30-0.40 0.60-0.75 0.95-1.10 0.85-1.00 0.80-0.90 Pepper (fresh) 0.40-0.50 0.60-0.75 0.95-1.10 0.85-1.0 0.80-0.90 Potatoes 0.40-0.50 0.70-0.80 1.05-1.20 0.85-0.95 0.70-0.75 Rice (Paddy) 1.10-1.15 1.10-1.50 1.10-1.30 0.95-1.05 0.95-1.05 Safflower 0.30-0.40 0.70-0.80 1.05-1.20 0.65-0.70 0.20-0.25 Sorghum 0.30-0.40 0.70-0.75 1.00-1.15 0.75-0.80 0.50-0.55 Soya bean 0.30-0.40 0.75-0.85 1.05-1.20 0.90-1.0 0.60-0.70 Sugar beet 0.40-0.50 0.70-1.0 1.0-1.30 0.75-0.80 0.35-0.45 Sugarcane 0.40-0.50 0.70-1.00 1.00-1.30 0.75-0.80 0.50-0.60 Sunflower 0.30-0.40 0.70-0.80 1.05-1.20 0.70-0.80 0.35-0.45 Tobacco 0.30-0.40 0.70-0.80 1.00-1.20 0.90-1.00 0.75-0.85 Tomato 0.40-0.50 0.70-0.80 1.05-1.25 0.80-0.95 0.60-0.65 Watermelon 0.40-0.50 0.70-0.80 0.95-1.05 0.80-0.90 0.65-0.75 Wheat 0.30-0.40 0.70-0.80 1.05-1.20 0.65-0.75 0.20-0.25

Source: P. C. Pokhrel, 1998

1st figure for high humidity (RHmin > 70%) and low wind (< 5m/sec)

2nd figure for low humidity (RHmin < 20%) and strong wind (> 5m/sec)

(3) Stages of crop development and crop water requirement

The seasonal use of water by plants is determined by their development

stage. The stages of crop growth to maturity are;




1) The initial stage: germination and early crop growth where the ground

cover is less than 10%.

2) Crop development stage: from the end of the initial stage to full ground

cover (70-80%)

3) Mid season stage: from the attainment of full ground cover to the start of

maturity indicated by leaf senescence or loss

4) Late season stage: from the end of the mid season stage until harvest.

These four main growth stages are relevant for field and vegetable crops. For

certain other crops such as perennials, biennials and forage crops where

these crops are harvested perhaps 3 or more times a year, it may be

necessary to repeat the calculations to account for each number of harvests

taken in the growing season. Each crop has its own water stress time where

application of water is highly required (see Irrigation and Drainage paper No

24 and 33).

Table –24 Length of crop development stages, root depth & depletion level of

some major crops Crops Initial Crop

development Mid-season

Late & harvest

Depth of Root system (cm)

Depletion level (%)

Seasonal Barley 15 30 65 40 100-150 0.55 Bean (dry) 20 30 40 20 50-70 0.45 Cabbage 20 25 60 15 40-50 0.45 Carrot 20 30 30 20 50-100 0.35 Cotton 20 50 55 45 100-170 0.65 Groundnut 25 35 50 20 50-100 0.40 Lettuce 20 30 15 10 30-50 0.30 Maize 20 35 40 30 100-200 0.60 Onion 20 45 20 10 30-50 0.25 Pea 20 25 35 15 60-100 0.35 Pepper 30 35 40 20 50-100 0.25 Potato 25 30 30 20 40-60 0.25 Sorghum 20 30 40 30 100-200 0.55 Sugar beet 25 45 60 45 70-120 0.50 Tomato 25 40 40 25 70-150 0.40 Wheat 15 30 65 40 100-150 0.55 Permanent Young Mature Alfalfa 0.35 0.85 100-200 Banana 0.50 1.1 50-90 Citrus 0.30 0.65 120-150 Sugarcane 0.45-

0.85 1.15-0.65 120-200

Source: FAO I & D paper 24 (1977) and I & D 33 (1979)




The values in above Table are useful only as a general guide and for

comparison purposes. The listed lengths of growing stages are average

lengths for the regions and periods specified and are intended to serve only

as examples. Local observations of the specific plant stage development

should be used, wherever possible, to incorporate effects of plant variety,

climate and cultural practices. Thus, local information can be obtained by

interviewing farmers, agricultural extension agents and local researchers.

(4) Computation of reference evapotranspiration (ETo)

The only factors affecting ETo are climatic parameters. Consequently, ETo is

a climatic parameter and can be computed from weather data. ETo express

the evaporating power of the atmosphere at a specific location and time of

the year and does not consider the crop characteristics and soil factors. The

FAO penman-monteith method is recommended as the sole method for

determining ETo.

The method has been selected as it closely appropriators grass ETo at the

location evaluated, is physically based and explicitly incorporates both

physiological and aerodynamic parameters. Moreover, procedures have been

developed for estimating missing climatic parameters. On the use and

selection of meteorological station (data) the nearest is recommended but if

not available it is recommended to use other stations having similar

elevation (altitude) and landform (topography). A maximum of 150 meter

elevation difference can be used.

Where no wind data are available within the project area, a value of 2m/s

can be used as a temporary estimate. This value is the average over 2000

weather stations around the globe. When solar radiation data, relative

humidity data and/or wind speed data are missing Hargraves method is

recommended.

Typical ranges for ETo values for different agro-climatic regions are given in

Table 25. These values are intended to familiarize inexperienced users with

typical ranges and are not intended for direct application.

Table –25 Indicative Values of ETo for different aro-climatic regions in

(mm/day) Climatic zone Mean daily Temperature

Low(<15°) Medium (15-25°C) High (>25°) Desert/arid 4-6 7-8 9-10 Semi-arid 4-5 6-7 8-9 Sub-humid 3-4 5-6 7-8 Humid 1-2 3-4 5-6




(5) Computation of crop evapotranspiration (ETc)

Crop evapotranspiration (ETc) is calculated by multiplying the reference

(crop) evapotranspiration by a crop coefficient, Kc.

ETc = Kc*ETo

Where : ETc = crop evapotranspiration (mm/day)

Kc = Crop Coefficient (dimensionless)

ETc = Reference (crop) evapotranspiration (mm/day)

Most of the effects of the various weather conditions are incorporated into

the ETo estimate. Therefore, as ETo represents an index of climatic demand,

Kc various predominantely with the specific crop characteristics and only to

a limited extent with climate.

(6) Determination of irrigation water requirement

Net irrigation requirement (NIR): the depth of water needed to bring the soil

moisture level in the effective root zone to field capacity from the soil

moisture content. For planning irrigation, all aspects of crop water

requirements have to be considered, including growing period, cultivation

program for each crop, and any possible contribution from rainfall and the

percolation loss from the soil (mm/day). While considering rainfall, we must

take account of effective rainfall.

Net Irrigation Requirement = ETc minus effective rainfall

Effective rainfall (Pe): it is that portion of the rainfall falling during the

growing period of the crop which is available to meet the consumptive water

need or the evapotranspiration requirement of the crop. It does not include

precipitation loss due to deep percolation below the root zone. It has to be

determined as per FAO publication No. 24, 25, 46.

Percolation: it is downward movement of water through saturated or semi

saturated soil in response to the force of gravity. Percolation rate is

synonymous to infiltration rate. It varies from soil to soil and may be

classified as sandy (upland), loamy (midland) and clayey (lowland). This rate

varies from 5mm/day upland, 3.5mm/day for midland and 1.5 to 2mm/day

for lowland.

Field irrigation requirement (FIR): it is the net irrigation requirement plus

loss in water application. Due to field application losses, not all the water




delivered to the field will be available to the plants. Therefore, an efficiency

coefficient should be used. The NIR divided by efficiency coefficient of the

water application gives us the amount of water that actually has to be

delivered to the field (field irrigation requirement) i.e. to asses the FIR.

Field Irrigation Requirement (FIR)

= Net Irrigation Requirement 0 Efficiency coefficient of the water application in the field

Irrigation efficiency: it is the percentage of applied irrigation water stored in

the soil and available for consumptive use by the crop. When the water is

measured at its entry to a farm, it is called farm irrigation efficiency; when

measured at the field it is known as field irrigation efficiency and if

measured at the point of diversion it is calledc project efficiency.

Gross irrigation requirement: it is the net irrigation requirement plus water

application losses in the conveyance system due to seepage, evaporation etc.

This can be determined at the outlet head or canal head regular for

calculating the design discharge capacity of the main offtaking canal.

The losses generally depend upon lined network or unlined net work, the

surface area and the ground percolation.

(7) Determination of water stress period of selected crops

Each crop has a different water stress period depending mainly on the

climate and soil type. Some crops are sensitive to the water stress in

germination period while other is at development or flowering period. The

water stress period for each crop has to be obtained through research. At

the absence of research data an agronomist has been advised to use

cautiously water stress periods of crops given in FAO Irrigation and

Drainage papers No. 24 and 33.




Table –26 Critical growth stages of some common crops Crop Critical growth stages /periods to water deficit Maize Flowering > grain filling > vegetative period; flowering is very

sensitive if no prior water deficit Wheat Flowering > yield formation > vegetative period Groundnut Flowering > yield formation, particularly during pod setting Potato Period of stolonization and tuber initiation > yield formation >

early vegetative and ripening Onion Bulb enlargement, during rapid bulb growth > vegetative

period /and for seed production at flowering/ Pepper Throughout but particularly just prior and at start of

flowering Tomato Flowering > yield formation > vegetative period, particularly

during just and after transplanting Banana Throughout but particularly during first part of vegetative

period, flowering and yield formation Cabbage During head enlargement and ripening Alfalfa Just after cutting (and for seed production at flowering) Citrus Grapefruit, lemon and orange flowering and fruit setting >

fruit enlargement for lemon heavy flowering may be induced by withholding irrigation just before flowering

Cotton Flowering and boll formation Grape Vegetative period, particularly during shoot elongation and

flowering > fruit filling Pineapple During period of vegetative growth Rice During period of head development and flowering > vegetative

period and ripening Sugarcane Vegetative period, particularly during period of tillering and

stem elongation > yield formation Watermelon Flowering, fruit filling > vegetative period, particularly during

vine development Bean Flowering & pod filling, vegetative period not sensitive when

followed by ample water supply Pea Flowering and yield formation > vegetative, ripening for dry

peas Safflower Flowering and pod filling > vegetative Sorghum Flowering > yield formation > vegetative period less sensitive

when followed by ample water supply Soybean Flowering and yield formation, particularly during pod

development Sunflower Flowering and yield formation, particularly during bud

development Tobacco Period of rapid growth, yield formation and ripening

Knowledge of water stress period helps in fixing irrigation requirement and

scheduling. Table 26 presents sensitive growth periods for water deficit.




5.4.10 Irrigation planning and scheduling

The amount of water that should be applied for any given irrigation depends

on the stage of crop growth, the depth of the rooting zone, and the field

capacity of the soil. Thus, the amount of water applied should vary

according to the stage of growth. Regarding soils, under the same climatic

conditions, soils with low field capacities (sandy and sandy loam soils)

require less quantities per application but more frequently than soils with

high field capacities (silt loam and clay loam soils).

Pulses, food grains (maize) need frequent irrigation but slightly longer than

the vegetables. Water is normally available to the plant at moisture contents

between field capacity and permanent wilting point. The difference between

the soil moisture content at field capacity (FC) and the soil moisture content

at permanent wilting point (PWP) is described as the total available soil

water. To calculate how much water can be stored in a particular soil type

and depth and made available for use by the crop, it is necessary to consider

the depth of soil from which the plant roots can draw water. This is called

rooting depth (D). when the soil is at field capacity, the plant can extract

water easily to maintain the maximum rate of evaporation. This is the freely

available soil moisture. It is defined as the fraction (P) to which the total

available soil moisture can be depleted without causing the

evapotranspiration to drop.

The depth of freely available soil moisture in a soil with rooting depth (D) is

given by P*Sa*D. Thus, the amount of water per application and the time

interval between each application is calculated using the cropwat, a

computer program developed by FAO.

Where: Sa = available water in the root zone (mm)

D = effective rooting depth (mm)

P = management allowed depletion

Note: The irrigation interval days vary from month to month as ETc varies

throughout the growing season based on ETo and Kc monthly values.

5.4.11 Irrigated farm inputs and support services

Ethiopian farmers are known for their low rate of application of modern

inputs. Use of improved seed is limited to only 2% of the peasants and the

figure for herbicides and pesticides usage is less than 5%. Agricultural

input utilization in smallholder farms constrained with technical, economic

and social factors. Potential adopters may be confronted with constraints




such as lack of purchasing power, credit, information, and communication

links with product and input markets. Despite these and other input use

constraints the farmers’ experience and exposure to new technologies have

been improved due to intensive extension work and attractive crop market

prices.

The need of essential agricultural inputs ever increasing in irrigated

agriculture. Thus in planning of modern irrigated agriculture the required

inputs for the project must be quantified and included in the project

document. It helps to plan the financial requirement for each season; to

quantify the amount of input to be supplied by potential supplier and to

design relevant supportive interventions for improvement of input

application.

For the project study four essential agricultural inputs including the labor,

irrigation water, fertilizer, agro-chemicals and improved seeds expected to

analyze their availability and requirement.

(1) Seed requirements

As indicated in crop selection criteria section, the availability of potential

improved seed is one of the criteria to nominate the crops for the project. In

line with this, by referring different literatures from research centers and

Ministry of Agriculture annual booklets potential seeds could be screened

for recommendation.

The following issues are suggested to take into consideration in

identification of the improved seeds for given project area are;

Length of growing period of potential varieties should be compatible

with recommended cropping pattern in which in most cases short-

cycle seeds are preferable

Suitable altitude ranges;

Level of acceptance of given varieties in the project area, for instance

there could be some varieties which have rejected due to different

reasons. Therefore this information need to gather during community

consultation

Susceptibility to insect pests and diseases

Proximity to market and potential customers in particular for

perishable products.




1) Seasonal and annual seed requirements

Seasonal distribution of improved seed demand would have important role

in input supply management and procurement process to provide the seeds

at the required time for the farmers. Then indicating the amount of seeds for

dry and wet seasons is necessary for the project managers and irrigation

users’ cooperatives. The agronomist should calculate the seed requirements

of the proposed crops based on the seasonal allocation cropland and seed

rate.

Table –27 Summary of seed requirement format Crop Seed rate

(kg/ha) Dry season Requirement (qt)

Wet season requirement (qt)

Annual total seed requirement (qt)

Potential sources

X Y Z

2) Potential source of improved seeds

Under existing improved seed production, supply and marketing systems

the following sources could considered:

Ethiopian improved seed agency

Regional seed agencies

Certified private commercial farms

Ethiopian agricultural research centres

Small holder farmers

Imported seeds from traders

(2) Fertilizer requirements

There is an intimate relationship between soil moisture and nutrient

availability, the greatest benefits from fertilizer application can be obtained

under irrigated conditions. Literatures, noted that there is a significant

correlation between soil moisture regime, fertilizer requirement and

availability of fertilizer for plants use. The experiments revealed that the

mineralization of nitrogen increases as the water content of the soil

increases from permanent wilting percentage to field capacity. As the

fertilizer nitrogen is applied to the surface soil, it uptake is inhibited when

the soil dries. Water use efficiency is raised by fertilizer which increases dry

matter production.

For instance in case of phosphorous element, under optimum moisture level

the availability of phosphorous to plants is increasing, however, excessive




soil moisture may reduce P absorption possible because of reduced aeration

and root penetration.

It believed that application of appropriate and required quantity of fertilizer

has remarkable contribution to the plant water use efficiency and ultimately

increase the productivity of the crops. Therefore determining the type of

fertilizer and its requirement would be critical task for the agronomist.

The rate of fertilizers for the proposed crops can be available from the

research proceedings and other sources. Full package recommendations are

mostly available for the released varieties and this data could be used to

calculate the fertilizer requirements.

Table –28 Seasonal and annual fertilizer recommendation format

Crop Irrigated Supplementary Total

requirement, (qt)

Area (ha)

DAP (qt)

Urea ( qt)

Sub-total

Area (ha)

DAP (qt)

Urea (qt)

Sub-total

X Y

Z

Total

(3) Agro-chemical requirements

Similar to other inputs, agro-chemicals should be quantified and costed for

further analysis and to provide relevant information for planners and

implementers. Unlike to above mentioned inputs the agro-chemical

requirement computation need slight modification in approach to avoid

exaggerated figures which could not practically applied during the cropping

seasons.

What are unique characteristics of this input requirement calculation

compare to others? These are;

Agro-chemicals requirements should not be calculated for the whole

cropland unless in some cases like if the crop filed needs a

prophylactic measure then the calculation could cover the whole area

for specific crop. Otherwise the expert effort is valuable to fix the

quantity of the agro-chemicals to plan for the cropping year.

The frequency of pest occurrence is unpredictable

Storage capacity and toxicity nature to human and animals of agro-

chemicals

High investment requirement for purchasing




In order to avoid risks on project feasibility and to compromise with the

actual experiences, the percent of the area to be considered for requirement

estimation should be fix for each crop. The judgment will be left for

agronomist to fix based on the actual pest prevalence conditions of the

project area, suggested to be not more than 20-30%.of the crop area.

Steps to compute agro-chemicals requirements and costs;

Calculate the crop area determined for calculation in reference to the

above percentage

Identify most common and potential pests and diseases for the

proposed crops

Identify agro-chemicals for the identified pests with their rate of

application

Collect data on price for identified pesticides

Table –29 Estimation of agro-chemicals requirements and costs

Crop

Area in dry/wet cropping season (ha)

Area considered (ha)

Rate of application ( lt, kg /ha)

Total pesticides (lt or kg)

Price (birr/unit)

Total cost (birr)

X Y Z

Table –30 Summary of seasonal and annual agro-chemical requirements

and costs

Crop Dry season requirement

Dry season requirement

Annual requirement Potential

supplier

Quantity (qt)

Costs (birr)

Quantity (qt)

Cost (birr)

Quantity (qt)

Cost (birr)

X Y Z

(4) Human Labor and machinery requirements

Under traditional and smallholder farming system human labor is a major

and determinant input for agriculture, out of total labor requirements family

labor taking major share while extra labor covers the remaining labor

demand. In order to estimate the available family labor the demographic

data of the households is very important. The available active labor in man-

days can be estimated by considering the age-group distribution for the

average family size. Then multiply the man-days by number of working days

in one year. The result indicates the potential available labor in the




household. For example the average size of a farm household within the

project area is 6.0 persons and the potential available labor is estimated at

3.0 man-days per household. Assuming 250 working days in a year for crop

production activities, an average household could therefore mobilize about

750 man days in a year. For further comparison and to calculate the need of

extra labor, average labor requirement per hectare should be referred for

each crop and add up the requirement in annual base. Then by subtracting

the required man-days from the potential available labor the planner could

find out the need of extra labor either to be covered from mutual labor

arrangement or hired labor.

The labor requirements for crop production should be estimated in

consultation with the communities or beneficiaries in the project area

because of variability of labor utilization in different areas of the country.

Therefore during data collection the agronomist should include labor

allocation by activities in the survey checklist. Further the expert could

adjust the final requirement considering different expected factors to make

the estimation more realistic. The other option is using secondary data to

estimate the labor requirements. Accordingly, indicative labor requirements

per hectare for selected crops.

Table –31 Labor Requirements in Man-days Crop Type Labor Requirements (man-day/ha)

Maize 73 Maize seed 82 Sorghum 69 Sorghum seed 75 Finger millet 65 Haricot bean 62 Soya bean 79 Chickpea 79 Groundnut 85 Noug 53 Sesame 67 Tomato 144 Onion 177 Pepper 144 Potato 82 Banana 159 Papaya 110 Pineapple 65 Mango 110 Fodder 36 Sugarcane 84 Source: consultant estimates




Draught power: usually oxen power is an essential source of power to

undertake major land preparation operations under smallholder

mixed farming system. To compute the requirement of the draught or

oxen power, frequency of the activity and oxen-days required for single

round per hectare are important. By multiplying the number of

frequency by oxen-days required per hectare we can get the total

required oxen-days for given crop and activity.

Machinery Requirement: smallholder farmers those residing adjacent

to large mechanized farms like in Arsi, West Arsi and Bale state farms

have been experienced in using farm machineries for major

agricultural activities by renting from the enterprises. Besides, there

are farmers or business partners (cooperatives) providing this service

in potential areas. This indicates that the smallholders would have the

opportunity to use farm machineries for selected operations. If the

project area is found in the catchments of the service provider

enterprise, then the agronomist could consider the best option to

attain the optimum investment options for maximum return. On the

other hand in areas where labor is a scarce resource partial

mechanized farming could be the best alternative for smallholder. In

order to estimate the crop budget, the simplest way to get the cost is

calculating based on the rental cost for each service.

5.4.12 Crop yield estimate and production

(1) Crop yield and production estimates

Agricultural production and estimate and projection are crucial output of

agronomic study to explain the potential of the project to contribute to

household food security and increased income. As observed in some of the

small-scale irrigation projects, the total output of the crop production did

not indicate rather than demonstrating the yield or per hectare change due

to intervention. Incorporating the total production gain from the intervention

is vital indictor of development which needs to be estimated to demonstrate

the project potential in crop production. The other issue which undermined

during most of the agronomic studies is excluding of the contribution of crop

by-products in household economy. In this training material the conversion

factor based on the yield of given crop is presented to apply to calculate

partial crop margin at farm level.




(2) Basis for yield estimation

Yield projection of the project shows the trends of the crop productivity over

the project period. The estimation is based on multiple growing factors that

determine the crop productivity of the project.

Yield estimate could be determined by considering the proposed

interventions and improved growing factors which vary between projects.

The initial step is identifying major assumptions to be considered to set the

yield at the first cropping year and for further projections.

Some of common assumptions are listed but not exhaustive:

Current yield under existing cropping system in the project area or similar ecologies to set the first year yield

Yield potential of suggested crop varieties from research outputs proven on farmer’s plot

Yield obtained by model and progressive farmers. Regional and National average yields (can be fro CSA agricultural

reports) Farmers’ experience in irrigated agriculture and their potential to use

the proposed agricultural inputs The anticipated commitment of the technical support from wereda and

kebele agricultural offices Comparative advantage of the project area for input distribution and

marketing Intensive follow up and adequate extension service to be undertaken

Once the assumptions are set then yield could project to the life span of the

project. During the yield projection the agronomist must determine the

production year where each crop reach at full development stage and for the

subsequent year the yield will be constant throughout the project life. Some

of the above mentioned assumptions will be applicable for determination of

this cropping year. In most cases, in the project where there are good

irrigation farming system experience, high level of beneficiary involvement

and level of improved technology application the optimum yield could be

achievable at shorter period. Its suggested to consider maximum of 3 years

for small-scale irrigation project.

The yield incremental rate per year could vary depend on the potential yield

increment margin of the proposed crops. There is a possibility to take

constant rate of increment for all crops with certain percentage which could

be fixed by the agronomist based on his experience and information

obtained during the field assessment and other sources.




Table –32 Yield estimate and projection format (qt/ha) Crop With-out

project Year 1 Year 2 Year3 Year 4 Year5 Year 5+

Crop 1 Crop 2 Crop 3 Crop 4

(3) Production projection

Based on the yield build-up and seasonal/annual area coverage of the

proposed crops, the seasonal and annual crop production will be calculated

and presented to show the production trend over the project lifespan.

Table –33 Summary of crop production projection format (qt or ton) Crop Year 1 Year 2 Year3 Year 4 Year5 Year 5+ Crop 1 Crop 2 Crop 3 Crop 4

5.4.13 Crop budget “with” and “without” project

Having estimated productivity per unit and yield build up over the project

life (sections above) the agronomist has to calculate crop budget in

collaboration with an economist.

In the case of projects where crop production is the primary objective, to

make financial analysis it is compulsory to know the gross and net return of

the “with’ and “without” project condition. Therefore to estimate the gross,

net and incremental net return, crop budgets for existing and proposed

crops has to be prepared.

(1) Procedures for Calculation of Crop Budget

The crop budget shows all input requirements in quantity and value terms

with the expected benefits of a given crop per ha. In other words crop budget

shows the financial cost of producing on one hectare of land and the gross

and net returns obtained from the production of the respective crops. Net

return per hectares is calculated by deducting cost of production from gross

return.

In calculating crop budgets, it is assumed land and climate conditions are

favorable as stipulated. However, there are unexpected constraints

stemming from the lack of infrastructure such as good roads, post harvest

facilities as well as remoteness from the domestic and international markets.




These characteristics affect the required inputs and out puts and in general

the selection of suitable crops as discussed earlier and also calculation plus

results.

Note that, crop budget can be calculated on average basis to be used for all

years in the project life or on annualized basis over the project life. The

second alternative is preferred though incurs a complex data input and

calculations.

A typical financial crop budget has been prepared for maize crops grown

under irrigation.

(2) “With” and “With-Out” Project crop budgets

Crop budget computation for the project should be undertaken in

consultation with economist, however the inputs required from the

agronomy study need to be prepared and provide for further financial and

economic analysis. The crop budget includes all farm level operational costs

and farm returns. All agricultural inputs need to be estimated per hectare

for the projected project life.

The agronomist must develop crop budget calculation table for each

proposed crops where the type of operation, materials, prices are listed and

quantified. The same approaches will be applicable for both with and

without project budget estimation.

The crop budget shows all input requirements in quantity and value terms

with the expected benefits of a given crop per ha. In other words crop budget

shows the financial cost of producing on one hectare of land; and the gross

and net returns obtained from the production of the respective crops. Net

return per hectares is calculated by deducting cost of production from gross

return.

The annual based crop budget calculation is presented as follows:

Data required for calculation:

Labor requirement for each operation per hectare

Farm machinery cost if the project planned to use tractor drawn

machineries

Oxen-power requirement per hectare

Rate of inputs application per hectare

Unit cost of inputs including the human and oxen-power

Current price of the crop products




Table –34 Format for budget estimation Descriptions Unit Qty/ha Unit

Rate (Birr)

Total season cost (Birr)

Years 1 2 3 4 5 +

Human Labor Land preparation Materials and Other Inputs Land tax Total Cost Miscellaneous Grand total Yields Gross income Net farm income

Table –35 Example for ‘with’ project crop budget (wheat) Example for with project crop budget (wheat)Input

Unit Qty/ha Unit Rate (Birr)


Years

1 2 3 4 5_30

Labour

Canal clearing Man-days

land clearing Man-days

1st plough Man-days

2nd plough Man-days

Cultivation Man-days

Furrowing Man-days

Sowing Man-days

Fertilizing basal application

Man-days

Fertilizing top dressing

Man-days

Spraying Man-days

Thinning Man-days

Weeding 1 Man-days

Weeding 2 Man-days

Harvesting Man-days




Example for with project crop budget (wheat)Input

Unit Qty/ha Unit Rate (Birr)


Years

1 2 3 4 5_30

Bagging and handling

Man-days

Loading and unloading

Man-days

Pre-sowing Irrigation

Man-days

Irrigation 1 Man-days






Sub-total

Land preparation

Oxen-days

Other Inputs

Seeds kg

Fertilizers DAP kg

Urea kg Pesticides LS

Herbicides LS Sacks

Land tax Miscellaneous

Sub-total

Total cost

Yields qt

Gross income ETB Net income

Note that, crop budget can be calculated on average basis to be used for all

years in the project life or on annualized basis over the project life. The

second alternative is preferred though incurs a complex data input and

calculations.

For without project crop budget, there are two options the first is developing

the budget for major crops grown in the project area and the second is




preparing for crops included in most common cropping pattern of the area.

This cropping patter could identify during community consultation.

The choice should be discussed with economist to be consistent with

financial analysis

5.4.14 Agronomic practices and crop requirements for selected crops

grown under irrigation

(1) Agronomic practices

Having formulated the irrigated agricultural development, the next step is to

identify crop requirements and recommend agronomic practices.

The agronomist shall review existing agronomic practices as a basis and

recommend the best for the irrigation scheme based on the input level and

adoption rate of the technologies. The following agricultural practices (but

not limited to) can be recommended and each briefly discussed as guidance

for the users.

Removal of crop stubble's and residues: - crop residues have to be

collected in selected places with in a farm immediately after harvest.

Allow decomposition by exposing to heat and moisture, to return to

the farm.

Land preparation: - oxen, machinery, manual. The number of times of

cultivation should be given for each crop.

Seedbed preparation in line with irrigation methods: For flood

irrigation normal seedbed and for furrow irrigation ridges should be

prepared.

Planting: - planting date, hour in rows, broad casting, plant

population/ha ... etc. shall be given.

Transplanting: especially for horticultural crops has to be discussed.

Thinning and pruning: to reduce competition for nutrient, light and

moisture.

Irrigation: pre-irrigation may be preferred for some soil types.

Application of fertilizer and/or manure application: farmyard manure

and composite application is preferable, as organic produces are

getting popular in the world.

Weeding: time and method of weeding.

Cultivation by oxen, manual or machinery to reduce weed population

and pulverize soil.




Disease and pest scouting: - to trace and identify disease and pests on

the crops scouting methods and timing should be discussed.

Disease and pest control: - cultural, biological and chemical spraying

methods and timing have to be explained considering economic

threshold. Integrated pest control is preferable

Guarding against wildlife, domestic animals, birds and Monkey, Apes,

Wild pig, porcupines ... etc. which devastate the crop.

Crop rotation and cover crops: - recommended crop rotation and cover

crops to maintain fertility and disease/pests control have to be

explained.

Harvesting: - harvesting date and methods have to be explained.

Threshing and winnowing: - places and materials to be used have to

be explained.

Combine harvesting: - possibility of using combine harvester has to be

discussed and recommended.

Transport: - of the produce to storage places and to markets have to

be discussed.

Storage: - types of storage facilities used, storage capacity, storage

disease and pests including cares to be taken have to be explained.

Sorting and grading: - traditionally farmers are sorting for food and for

market by establishing its own grading systems. An agronomist shall

explain methods of sorting and grading of the proposed crops. Quality

standards have to be established in collaboration with Ethiopian

Standard and Quality Agency

Others which are specific to the crops and site

Moreover, discuss each of the above activities crop wise with respect to

methods practiced, optimum time of practice, alternative methods used,

agronomic advantages and limitations of the recommended practices.

Finally, all the above activities have to be shown in bar chart and time

schedule to fit in the proposed cropping pattern and availability of the

inputs.

(2) Recommended agronomic requirement of selected crops grown under

irrigation

Recommended agronomic requirements and practices for each selected

crops has to be discussed in detail as explained above.




5.4.15 Pre-harvest and post harvest crop protection

Having established an irrigated farm and get crops grown, the next step is to

take care of the growing crops from any damage until consumed/used for

intended purpose.

The planning of irrigated agriculture has to take in to consideration pest

problems which might occur in the field as well at the post harvest in the

storage. Methodologies for scouting and identification of weeds, diseases,

pests, rodents, storage disease and pests and corresponding control

measures have to be planned by an irrigation agronomist.

5.4.16 Irrigation extension and training

(1) The need for irrigation extension

The irrigation development can be realized with the support of other

associated interventions to the main irrigation application and drainage

components. Its required to consider the importance of subsidiary

development activities those could have a vital role in realization of the

irrigation development in any development areas. Then major agricultural

supportive services or interventions should be identified and consider during

project implementation. In order, to come up with most relevant

recommendations, the planning must be consistent with the anticipated and

existing limiting factors of irrigated agriculture in the context of the project

area.

During project implementation, the supportive interventions may be varied,

mixed and matched according to specific needs of farmers, and after

discussions with them and other stakeholders.

The identification of the activities required to support the implementation of

the irrigated agriculture will be rely on the constraints identified during the

field survey considering the future perspective of the project.

Some of the activities are;

Extension, training on irrigation practices

Establishment of demonstration site in the project area

Improvement of the extension service

Improving the research-farmers linkage

Farmers and stakeholders organization and capacity building

Commercialization and Market linkage




(2) Extension delivery activities

Being told about something is not as impressive as seeing. It is less

convincing than actually, "doing it" is an old training slogan, for when it

comes to effective learning and remembering. The choice of "talks only",

except as part of an activity, should be avoided as much as possible. This

will form the basis when deciding the methods by which extension messages

can be delivered to farmers.

Diagnostic visits: regular visits by extension agents, will be carried out

at least fortnightly or monthly (as need arises) on a predetermined

date agreed with the farmers. The purpose of the visit is to diagonize

or identify farmers current problem. If the irrigation development

agent is unable to solve, he will refer to the appropriate technical

specialist at woreda or zonal level. For example if problems raised is of

pests and disease attack and where diagnosis is uncertain research

staff and university academicians can be requested for assistance.

On farm practical and demonstration plots: The purpose of these

plots, as the name suggests is for farmers to practice the skills

relevant to a particular crop or land practice and observe the results.

Plots will be established with cooperating farmers on a portion of the

land that they are themselves planting to the same crop. The

advantage of this is that farmers will be aware that the plot has been

farmer managed and that any benefits are therefore capable of being

replicated on their own farms.

Prior to setting up the demonstration plot, plan would be drown up.

This will describe the plot objective, include a sketch and will detail

the activities and key observations that are to be carried out. Results

will be recorded and cost benefits calculated. Tasks on the plots will

be demonstrated where possible with farmer practice. The observable

and quantifiable results will make available to other farmers

physically and in photographs.

Pilot trials: any agronomic, soil, irrigation and drainage problems

anticipated in feasibility and design study should be tested and

resolved prior to operation of the project. If there is research station in

the project area there is a possibility of integrating the pilot issues in

to the existing research program.

Skills transfer demonstrations: Irrigation development agents (IRDA),

has to make specific skill demonstrations as a normal course of their

work. Skill transfer will then be undertaken, as needed, either as a


142


single planned operation, as on adhok in the course of an advisory

visitor included as part of the program on demonstration and farmer

plots. A training officer will arrange to produce a series of brief skill

instruction plans for the commonly needed skills.

Field days: - Field days will be needed when scheme awareness is

required of a particular topic or theme and will generally be focused

around demonstration plots and successful farmers. The activity may

range, from modest demonstrations with short technical talks, to a

campaign with several presenters, audiovisual, aids and displays.

In certain cases, the event will permit the inclusion of some social

activities which will usually encourage attendance and help foster

community spirit. It also is encouraging to prepare an award for merit

jobs.

Farmers meeting: - farmers meeting and making open discussion on

different development agendas are a traditional way of disseminating

extension messages. Information is often exchanged among farmers,

and among IRDA and farmers. Farmers are usually enthusiastic to get

on with it the best way they can. This is not appropriate at early time,

where new practices are being introduced.

Farmers meetings will play an important role as the discussion forum

for seeking opinions and consensus, on programs and future plans,

marketing, credit and repayment, farm inputs and provision of

services.

Farmers’ group visits and farm transect walks: visits could be

arranged when it is of particular advantage for farmers to see and

discuss the activities with other farmers or of particular benefit to visit

farms, research and field stations.

Audio-cassette tapes and radios: a recorded news letter, case

histories, interviews, made available for circulation to the irrigation

schemes and beneficiaries. It is intended that the content should

include a mix of technical subjects, timely reminders, women features,

music and other agricultural and socio-economic affairs.

Study Tours: local and international study tours can be arranged for

group or farmers to enable farmers learn the new technologies. Some

NGOS have started such program and found successful. Local study

tour has to be arranged to visit areas where there is a good irrigation

management practice such as East and West Harareghe.




International study tour can be arranged in Egypt, India, Pakistan

Bangladesh, Yemen, Egypt, Thailand , Bangladash, China, Indonesia,

Philiphines, Turkey and other middle, far east and African countries -

-- etc.

Video and Documentary Films: there are professional consulting

companies, who prepare practical video and documentary films. These

are available up on specifications and purchase order on specific

subject area and specific country experience preferably similar

developing countries with Ethiopia. The films have to be shown in

auditorium on > 24 inch television or on big screen on a regular basis.

These type of films are available with companies in India, Israel,

China, USA and other developed nations.

Notice Board: notice board or sheltered glassed wall, at conventionally

central location where members regularly pass, can be used to display

items of general information and be kept updated with seasonal

topics. It can be in written form, photographs, cartoons, talks,

questions, quiz’s, folk talks, phoems..etc.

Exhibitions and Promotion Fair: concerned agencies have to

collaborate to prepare exhibitions of different irrigation schemes and

encourage farmers to visit. Each section of the exhibits has to be

explained to farmers in a simple, preferably in local language.

Schools and Youth Students: liaison activities with schools should be

encouraging, as farmer sons and daughters are the major source of

disseminating the information's and skills to their parents. This can

be including the practice as in puts in to the classroom subject or

facilitate to involve as school project.

Adaptive Research: the irrigation extension agent (IRDA) will only be

giving advice and information on proven recommendations. There are

occasionally new practices, new crops and varieties, which require

testing and experiencing under local (farmers) conditions.

The irrigation authorities in collaboration with irrigation research

centers have to conduct and disseminate first, to farmers in the

surrounding.

Specialist extension: plant protection and farming as a business looks

for specialist extension. Plant protection departments can give plant

protection where as farm as a business cooperative promotion

departments can give. Irrigation beneficiary farmers are also involved

in livestock husbandry and other off farm activities. Special extension




should be given on this subject by extension agents (DAS) of

agricultural bureaus. Moreover forestry & water conservation should

also be given, if required it is proposed that provision will be made for

a short term input from forestry & land use planning departments to

develop training materials and provide some practical training.

Extension on gender and development (GAD) can be prepared by

social and community workers.

Others: Current appropriate delivery of irrigation extension system

can be selected.

However it has to be pre requisite to pretest the compatibility with the

existing local culture and religious condition before embarking any

extension system.

(3) Training of irrigation extension staff

Training of IRDA will be aimed at ensuring that all staff are capable of

carrying out their duties in a manner which will meet the objectives of the

agricultural extension sector. The major functions of extension staff are

dissemination of information, advice, training and evaluation and

monitoring of its effect. To do this effectively they will have to know or

acquire.

The technical knowledge and skills that have to be transferred to

farmers.

The skills that is necessary to be able to transfer this knowledge and

its associated skills.

An understanding of the working procedures and the organizational

skills, necessary to perform the duties effectively and correctly.

5.4.17 Agricultural development scenarios and options

(1) General

The major target of the irrigation development study at any level is to

prepare a developable, feasible, fundable and above all sustainable project to

the planners and decision makers for implementation. After formulating

cropping pattern, farm inputs, yield estimation and build up crop water

requirements (In pervious sections). etc. the next decisive step of

agricultural development planning is to provide at most possible scenarios,

options and alternatives.

Agricultural Development Scenarios and Options should give the choice of

possible crop mix and farming enterprise available. Justifications for those




scenarios and options have to be in place. All possible list of alternative crop

production systems proposed for the project area and discuss their relative

merits and demerits has to be made. All possible and available range of

scenarios and options of cropping pattern and management type should be

included and the selection of the most promising development options will

be made. The options have to be rectified by the application of different

international, national/regional, area specific screening criteria’s in order to

arrive at the best possible options, which is technically and socio-

economically attractive.

It has to be seen in line with the comparative advantage of small-holders

individuals or estate type and private investors.

The irrigation project has to also investigate scenarios and options of non-

irrigated enterprises to justify other developments in case development of

irrigation is not attractive or else completely failed for some or other reasons.

(2) Basis of agricultural development scenarios and options

Basis for formulation of scenarios could be crop types and cropping pattern,

settlement and land consolidation, development of agro industries and raw

materials, integration of livestock in irrigation etc. and others as esteemed

from the stated objective, targets and goals envisaged in the TOR and

technical proposal.

Crop selection: A key factor affecting the economic and financial

viability of irrigation will be selection of crops, which are capable of

producing high enough returns to meet the capital and recurrent

costs of irrigation development. In the high and mid altitude the fact

that rainfall is more or less sufficient to produce one rain-fed crop per

year in some areas, will make irrigation benefits lower than, arid

areas. Particularly crops such as cereals, pulses and oil seeds may not

give high returns per ha, although they would still be profitable.

Possible Scenarios: food and pulses to be grown under rain-fed (if

there is relatively good rain) vis-à-vis- cash crops to be grown under

irrigation.

Resettlement especially for large scale: construction of dams and

irrigation works will inevitably result in some acquisition of existing

farm land, and the consequent need for the resettlement of these

affected. Moreover given the general shortage of cultivable land in the

high and mid altitudes, it may be difficult to find sufficiently large

amounts of land, where the displaced farmers can be resettled.




Successful resettlement of any population displaced by the project will

be essential for the overall acceptability of the project to the local

communities involved. Resettlement plan has to cover.

Census of the member of households and total population in the

project area, who are likely to require resettlement.

Identification of suitable locations where they might be

resettled.

Assessment of the social and other factors to be taken in to

account in resettlement planning.

Formulation at the feasibility study level, of suitable

resettlement program, detailing the main measured and action

required.

Possible Scenarios: resettlement in or near by the project and

facilitate existing.

Life style vis a vis integration in the irrigation project.

Land allocation and Re-allocation: -to try to ensure that project

benefits accrue fairly equitably, requires that farmers holdings, both

inside and outside the projects command boundaries are determined

and that land is allocated or re-allocated, so that the irrigation land

holdings are similar, or at least commensurate with existing total

holdings. For example, two farmers may have equal sized holdings,

but one farmer holdings may be entirely outside the irrigation

command area, the other farmers wholly inside. Arranging the farmers

to swoop land prior to implementation or allocation of extra land to

the farmer whose holdings is outside the command area, are possible

ways forward. As part of the feasibility study it has to be determined

the scale of this problem and suggest guidelines for land allocation

and re-allocation. Clearly land values, land capability or potential use,

physical location as well as the individuals holding size and existing

inheritance practice are factors, which have to be taken in to

consideration on formulating guidelines.

To consolidate land holdings, if holdings are highly fragmented

farmers are likely to waste time traveling between them. Also,

fragmented holdings are likely to increase the degree of cooperation

required in system operation and because of smaller size reduce the

likelihood of mechanization. Despite these diverse factors, some

fragmentation would be advantageous in promoting equity, for




example farmers’ holdings in the head of the irrigation system are

likely to receive better water supply, while tail areas could be liable to

water logging. Allocating farmers land in both the head and tail areas

could therefore be recommended.

Possible Scenarios:

Irrigated farming with existing land holding vis-à-vis land re-

distribution/consolidation.

Replacement of land in other irrigated areas if there is potential

nearby vis a vis improving their existing un irrigated holdings.

Agro-industries: it is important to study the need for agro-processing

for the crops produced at the project. The processing requirement will

be determined by the type and quantity of crops produced at the

project. For the crop to be processed the existing possibilities outside

the project has to be reviewed. Moreover the possible distance of off

take of crops from outside the project area will be considered.

If at consequence of the project, new agro-industries have to be

established, their technical and financial feasibility will be investigated

and compared. For the agro-industries considered feasible timing and

priorities of their establishment will be indicated. On the other hand

storage requirements and marketing of the different crops will be a

basis for scenarios of agro-industry, raw material selling --- etc.

Possible Scenarios: Establishment of storage facilities and selling of

the raw crop in local and international market vis a vis establishment

of agro industries to use as a raw material

Livestock and irrigated pasture:- population of the livestock in the

area including cattle, sheep, goats, camels, donkeys and poultry

preferably in relation to ownership has to be investigated. Within the

framework of agricultural production the proportion of the land

resources devoted to livestock should be assessed. Moreover the effect

of livestock management on the land resources used, especially of

traditional movements and the seasonal use of grazing land by

pastoralists and agro- pastoralists need attention.

The question is, what will be the impact on the livestock and then

owners and the vegetation, if pasture is lost due to the project and will

the compensation be available. Alternatively is integration of irrigated

pasture justified?




This will be a basis for the Scenarios: cropping pattern with irrigated

pasture and livestock production (dairy, fattening ... etc.) vis a vis

cropping pattern with only cash crops.

Fishery and Tourism: creation of a reservoir for development of

irrigation could stimulate fishery and lake tourism. The average fish

consumption in the country is 100g per capita per year and there is a

plan at national level to increase to 1kg per capita per year by using

natural and artificial lakes.

The multipurpose use of the irrigation water reservoir will increase the

benefit and justify more the constriction of the dam. This will form the

basis for fishery and Tourism scenario. From experience of other

countries food mobilizing all available and easily exploitable land and

water resources will attain security.

Scenarios: Development of irrigation reservoir for satisfying crop water

requirement vis a vis planning reservoir operation and other

infrastructures for multipurpose use of fishery, tourism and others

Irrigation and Apiculture: The feasibility study and design was made

for gross irrigable area of about 10,000 ha in Gelana basin southern

Ethiopia. The development of irrigation would abandon the rich

habitat and food source of the appaeries. Moreover application of

commercial chemicals for crop protection has a fatal effect on bees.

Scenarios: Irrigation development vis a vis formulating of offfarm

apiculture. Protecting a natural closed vegetation corridor at a

distance of 7- 10 km from the irrigated farm would create conducive

environment for honey production.

Other scenarios: Over hundreds of scenarios can be sited as example.

However scenarios are most of the time site specific and depend on

the objective and targets of the irrigation project. The responsibilities

of developing and formulating the agricultural development Scenarios

have lied on project agronomist, economist and team leader.

(3) Pilot scheme and research

The recommended cropping patterns and scenarios/options have to all been

tested on a pilot basis, before it is extensively adopted on the whole project

area. A pilot scheme serves.

To display new agro technologies and agricultural practices including

soil and water conservation and demonstrate the feasibility of them.




To adopt new, presently untried varieties of selected crops including

hybrid varieties and pasture crops.

To study and demonstrate new breeds of livestock for meat and dairy

production.

Others as required.

What kind of research and problem areas will be most advantageous for the

project should be indicated? It is possible to identify and forward a checklist

of problems and problem areas. Here we are faced with a difficult problem in

priorities. The underlying questions are how much can the proposed

agricultural development options advance by the diffusion and adaptation of

existing knowledge and how much of the advance dependent on new

knowledge, that we do not have answer now and that must be acquired by

fundamental research. This will be a basis for screening the proposed

scenarios and options. It is necessary to dig out accumulated research

findings both local and international on the proposed options and look

forward to make use of it and to ensure the benefit and sustainability of the

scenarios/options.

Finally each alternative agricultural development will have to be analyzed

and recommendations should be made on the most suitable development

option.

5.4.18 Agricultural development cost estimate and source of fund

(1) Basis for agricultural development cost estimate

The basis for cost estimate is recommended inputs and supporting services,

agricultural activities, suppliers cost and rates.

(2) Cost estimate

The study has to finally estimate agricultural development cost and

categorize to local and foreign components, to facilitate cost benefit analysis

by the economist. The costs have to be summarized in to groups of items

and each cost item has to be explained. Moreover the agricultural

development cost has to be given in breakdown of capital and recurrent

cost.

(3) Source of fund

The source of fund has to be proposed in collaboration with economist and

project coordinator. The sources of fund can be proposed in such a way that




pooled in different proportion from different agencies or each agency to cover

certain “lots of items or activities”. The government has also planned to

establish water or irrigation fund to support development of irrigation and

water resource development. NGOs fund can also be apportioned to certain

part of the community activities and humanitarian works like clinic and

credit to cover inputs. For example some of the following source of fund can

be proposed.

Federal and Regional government

Local bank loan

International Bank loan and grant

Bilateral loan and grant

NGOS

Beneficiaries usually 10% in kind

Moreover if the irrigation development is planned to be developed by private

investors or joint ventures the part of cost to cover by local and regional

government has to be identified.

Funding strategy for irrigated agricultural development has to be thoroughly

treated in separate assignment.

5.4.19 Interdisciplinary data requirement

(1) Irrigation and hydraulic engineer: sources of water for the command

area, types and method of irrigation, field and farm layout ... etc.

(2) Soils and land use: types of soil, soil characteristics, land evaluation,

crop suitability evaluation, water quality, infiltration rates and other soil

chemical and physical data required for computation of crop water

requirement and irrigation scheduling.

(3) Hydrologist: availability of water, agro-meteorological data.

(4) Socio- economist: No of beneficiaries; market data, infrastructure, and

availability of labour, financial crop budget to see crop profitability.

(5) Environmentalist: environmental impact of the proposed development.

(6) Institutional aspects: organizational system and capacity, manpower and

responsibilities for the proposed project.




Table-36 Yield estimate, LGP and altitude range for some crop varieties Proposed crop Variety Altitude,

m.a.s.l Length growing period, in days

Yield at Farmers' plot qt/ha

Wheat

Qulqula 1790-2500 117 35-43 HAR 3730 1890-2800 127 35-47 Tay 1900-2800 130 32-58 Senkegna 1900-2800 125 32-54 Densa 1900-2700 136 29-42 Shino 2000-2700 120 40 Giluma 1850-2800 138-142 45-65 HAR 1709 1850-2800 125-135 30-70

Barley

Tila 2200-2700 109 21-31 Mulu 2000-2700 120 19-26 ARDU 12 2000-2800 25-34

Teff

DZ-01-99 1400-2400 85-130 17-22 DZ-01-974 Mid to High 75-137 17-24

Maize

HB 1307 2000-3000 137 35 BH 540 1000-2000 145 50-65 BH660 1600-2200 160 60-80 BH 670 1700-2400 165 60-80 BH 140 1000-1800 145 47-60 BH-530 1000-1300 140 50-60 BH-541 1000-1800 150 61-71 BHQp-542 1000-1800 145 50-60 Kuleni 1700-2200 150 40-45 Ambo-Bako 500-1000 150 35-45 Gutto 1000-1700 126 25-30 A-511 500-1800 150 30-40 Al-Composite 1600-2200 163 38-42 Rare-1 1600-2200 163 40-45 Katumani M.A.M.S. 105 20-25 ACV-3 M.A.M.S. 105 20-30 ACV-6 M.A.M.S. 105 20-30 Melkassa-1 M.A.M.S. 105 20-30 Gambella Comp.-1

500-1000 110 40-50

Faba bean

Moti 1900-2800 108-165 25-35 Gabelcho 1900-3000 103-165 20-30 Adet Hana 2240-2630 111-114 18-40

Field pea

Megri 1800-3000 95-150 15-34 Gume 1800-3000 100-149 16-33 Senk 1850-2800 93-120 25-Jan

Chickpea

Adet 1 1800-2300 114 25-33 ACOS Dubie 1800-2400 105-138 14-21

Soya beans

Davis 1000-1700 90-120 10--15 Coker 240 700-1700 121-140 15-25 Clark 100-1700 90-120 20-30

Haricot bean

Hramaya 1650-2000 90-114 15-30 Roba 1400-2000 80-100 20-24 Atendaba-A262 1400-2000 80-90 20-24




Proposed crop Variety Altitude, m.a.s.l

Length growing period, in days

Yield at Farmers' plot qt/ha

Finger Millet KNE-411 (Bonga) 1400-1900 145 KNE-1098 (Tadesse)

1600-1900

Tomato

Money maker 110-120 300 Sirinka 1 800-2000 95-100 200 Mersa 800-2001 100-120 159 Woyro 800-2002 85-90 144 Roma VF 500-2200 314

Potato

Guasa 2000-2800 110-115 220-250 Zengena 2000-2801 225-250 Gudami 1600-2800 210 Belete 1600-2800 470 (Research) Dancje 1700-2700 110-120 359 Menagesha 1550-2800 250-350

Pepper

MarekoFana 1400-2200 20 Bako Local 1550-2800 30 Melka Zala 16 Melka Shote 1000-2200 114 15-25

Onion

Adama Red 500--3200 120-135 350 Red Cereole 1700-3000 130-142 Bombay Red 210

Fenugreek Hunda 1650-2004 135-150 6 Black cumin

Derbera 1650-2004 155-173 15-19 Aden 1800-250 134-150 8—12

Garlic Qoricho 1900-3350 138 150-200




5.5 SOIL AND LAND SUITABILITY

5.5.1 General

The efficient use of land and water resources by the development of

irrigation facilities could lead to substantial increases in food production in

many parts of the world. The process whereby the suitability of land for

specific uses such as irrigated agriculture is assessed is called land

evaluation.

According to different FAO publications, land evaluation provides

information and recommendations for deciding 'Which crops to grow where'

and related questions. Land evaluation is the selection of suitable land, and

suitable cropping, irrigation and management alternatives that are

physically and financially practicable and economically viable. The main

product of land evaluation investigations is a land classification that

indicates the suitability of various kinds of land for specific land uses,

usually depicted on maps with accompanying reports.

5.5.2 Introduction

An irrigation project is required to be planned and designed such that it fits

appropriately into the soil and land characteristics of the command areas

along with the climatic factors, topographic features and socio-economic

conditions. Therefore, detailed field soil surveys, laboratory tests and

analysis of data and test results are required to be undertaken to determine

the soil and land characteristics which will form a basis for evaluating the

land suitability for irrigated agriculture.

5.5.3 Objective

(1) General Objective

The main objective of the soil survey is to provide detail information on land

and soils of the study area (command area of the project) at feasibility level

which may form as a basis for confirming/rejecting the irrigation potential

(all or part of area), crop selections, irrigation designs, and agricultural

input requirements such as fertilizer applications etc. The study also

focuses on identifying the various topographic forms, soil types, present

land use assessment and evaluating the existing land use pattern and serve

as a basis for assessment of land and crop suitability for irrigation.




(2) Specific Objectives

To determine the distribution of different soil types over the project

area

To provide basic soil data to facilitate irrigation design work to be

carried out in the project area.

To offer detailed soil information of the command area as a ground

for ratifying or rejecting the soils potential for surface irrigated

agriculture.

Produce soils and land suitability maps at scale of 1:10,000.

5.5.4 Methodology used

The methodological approach followed to carry out the study has been

classified in to three stages of pre-field work, field work and post field works

and each phase is briefly discussed below.

Pre-field work: During this stage, reconnaissance field visit has been made.

Topographic map, were collected. Field soil survey guidelines, description

sheets for auger boring and profile pits have been prepared.

Field survey: During this stage, representative auger observations will be

made at the representative sites of the study area to determine the soil

boundaries taking the important soil physical parameters and topographic

factors such as slope% of the land, surface soil texture, and effective soil

depth.

Post field work: During this stage, the collected field data will be organized

into excel sheet for the ease of interpretation and GIS manipulation

required, submission of soil samples to soil laboratory, completion and

analysis of field soil description data’s, analysis of soil laboratory results,

final soil classification and mapping, land evaluation for irrigation, land

evaluation for selected crops, etc. will be undertaken. Characterization of the

soil type were made using different manuals and references such as booker

tropical soil manual Landon, 1991, FAO guide line for soil description FAO,

2006, and World reference base for soil resources, FAO, 1998 and FAO,

2006.

5.5.5 Description of the study area

Location and accessibility: Describe the administrative location and

UTM coordinate of the study area




Climate and agro-ecology: Describe the agro-ecology of the area based

on the thermal zone (i.e. temperature and altitude)

Land form and Topography: The major landforms are hill, upland,

plain, plateau, basin, valley

Land use: Identify the nature of land use and land management

practices of the study area

5.5.6 The Soils of the study area

(1) Soil classification system

The soil classification system of a particular area will be carried out

according to the World Reference Base for Soils Resources (ISSS- ISRIC-

FAO, 1998 and FAO, 2006). Accordingly, the major soil type of the study

area (command area) should be identified and discussed in detail.

Identification and production of soil mapping units based on land

form (topography), effective soil depth, slopes, surface soil texture and

surface features

(2) Physical and chemical characteristics of the soils of the study area

1) Physical Characteristics

Soil physical properties have a great influence on planning and design of

irrigation projects. For a better understanding of soil, water relation, it is

very important to determine the soil physical properties, which are of

importance in irrigation.

Accordingly, the physical properties such as soil depth, color, texture,

structure, porosity, consistency, bulk density, etc should be identified and

discussed.

2) Chemical Characteristics

Soil chemical properties have a great influence on planning soil and

agronomic programs best suited to the proposed irrigation projects and

evaluation and monitoring of the schemes.

Accordingly, the chemical characteristics of study area soils have to be

analyzed and discussed based on laboratory analytical results of soil

samples collected in the field. These include; PH, EC, CEC, base saturation,

EC, OC, TN, Avail. P, Exchangeable base (K+, Na+, Ca++, Mg++), etc.




5.5.7 Land Suitability Evaluation

(1) Evaluation Procedure

The evaluation procedure consisted of collection and characterization of data

on relevant soil and landscape characteristics and/or land qualities,

description of the land utilization types, and determination of the

requirements of the land utilization types. Then, the evaluation will be done

by comparing the land characteristics and/or qualities with the

requirements of the land utilization types using the procedures outlined in

FAO (1985).

(2) Surface irrigation suitability

Before the land is rated for different types of selected crops, it must pass for

suitability of surface irrigation. By considering the surface irrigation

requirements and the actual land qualities and characteristics of the study

area, the land suitability evaluation result for surface irrigation for the study

area will be done based on the limiting factors (i.e. land qualities/land

characteristics).

Interpretation of soil map information for land irrigability classification

(3) Crop Suitability Evaluation

The study site has to be evaluated for the selected crops under low and

medium level of input for surface irrigated agriculture and the suitability

results of each crop has to be given in tabular form.

In addition, refer to ANNEX 1 Soil and land suitability.

5.6 WATER SHED MANAGEMENT

5.6.1 Background

The history of the water shed area in terms of the past land use practice and

sub sequence social, economical and ecological effect will have to be

described. Any water shed management practice if existed and its ultimate

output will be assessed.

5.6.2 Objective

The expected achievement goal to which the overall water shed management

practice, the project is intended to contribute.




5.6.3 Justification (need of the watershed management)

It will address past and present problems of soil erosion and land

degradation as a result of deforestation and the consequence of such

on a community.

The cause and responsible agent or such environment degradation

activities will be revealed. Here will also present the expected solution

of the watershed areas for after implementation of the project.

Good practices if exists in the water shade that needs up grading,

adoption and promotion should be justified.

5.6.4 The proposed watershed area

Under this topic the things to observe and considered in the field are:-

(1) General description of the water shed area

1) Location

Altitude

Latitude

Longitude

Distance from a major reference point/say town, road etc

2) Topography

Describe the major features of the catchments, mountain, hill, valley, plain

land, plateau and other and their management.

3) Climate

Mean annual rain fall

Temperature range

Dry and rainy months ( from_______ to __________ dry, etc)

Based on existing crop, vegetation and the above parameters

determined and describe the agro-ecological zonation of the area.

4) Soil

Soil type, texture, structure, colure, depth

Soil condition (extent of degradation, sheet, rill, gullies, etc) for all

land use type (forest, grazing, cultivated and miscellaneous land

based on slope rang.




5) Vegetation

Type of vegetation (E.g. Wood land, grass land, forest and shrub land,

etc…)

Species composition of the vegetation (trees, shrubs, grasses, by

name)

Dominate species of trees or shrubs, etc.

Dominant grass

Vegetation in %( percent) trees and shrubs)

6) Present land use of the catchments area. The present land use pattern of

the catchments area shall be presented in tabular form as follows.

Table -37 Land use pattern of the catchments area Land use type Area

coverage of the total %

Area in ha

Slope in % 0 -3 3 -8 8 - 15 15 - 30 30 - 50 >50

Cultivated

Grazing land Forest land Homestead (Village)

Miscellaneous

Grazing land: - All land open for year round free grazing, temporary

hill side closure.

Forest land: - Forest lands and lands that are already assigned (by the

community) for forest development.

Miscellaneous land: - This includes land like seasonal, perennial river

course, gullies, rocks, cliffs, roads sides, etc.

7) Land use classification

The way to rationalize the use of land and to apply the appropriate soil

conservation measure is through the system of land classification the land

classification criteria are based on the most important features to observe in

the field and those directly or indirectly related with soil water erosion such

as slope, soil depth past erosion, infiltration, water logging, soil texture.

Data required for land use classification:-




Table -38 Land use classification Type of land use

Area in ha

Slope %

Soil depth

Past erosion

Surface soil texture

Infiltration

Surface stoniness

With the help of sketch show the present land use map of the watershed.

Classify the land into soil requirement class based on FAO, land

classification for use in soil conservation.

Describing land use change trends from the past using maps, satellite

images, remote sensing and others.

8) Major problems of the watershed area

This may include problems like,

Fuel wood

Deforestation

Over grazing

Shortage of drinking water

Absence of construction measures, roads, bridges, market centers and

public centers

Erosion and salutation problems and miss management of crop lands

Explain each identified problems briefly

These problems should come from the community up on interviewing

Problems of drought or flooding if exists

Problems of weeds and crop disease in the water shade

Natural fault line and land settlement/collapse

9) Conservation effort made in the catchments area: -

On agricultural land

On grazing land

On forest land

Quantify the extent of work done on each land use type

Summarize the above in tabular form




Table -39 Type and extent of conservation measures observed on each land

use type

Item No Land use type

Area in ha

Slope %

% Covered

Type of conservation

measures

Damage if any

Probable cause of damage

1 Cultivated land 2 Grazing land 3 Forest land 4 Homestead (Village) 5 Miscellaneous

10) Infrastructure and manpower availability

* Infrastructure: - Availability of roads

: - Guards (forest and others)

: - Nursery workers like foreman

* Man power availability: - Available staffs in MOA

: - Guards (forest and others)

: - Nursery workers like foreman

Demographic and Settlement condition

Rural settlement and urbanization if exists have to be described

(2) Development Strategies (General Description)

Prepare development map of the water shed

Indicate the proper conservation measures suitable of each land class

Development strategies for cultivated land classes, grazing land

classes, forest land classes and miscellaneous land classes

Explain the expected outcome of each proposed measures

Show the detailed methodology used in designing and quantify the

required amount of conservation work for each land classes

Summarize in table form the type of conservation measures proposed

for each land class, the amount of work, norm, required per day to

complete the work and required grows.

Prepare operational calendar corresponding to each activities and

months of the year.

Indicate the reference materials use during the study ,design and

report preparation




1) Implementation schedule

This will be worked out to show the timing of different activities to be carried

out in the watershed area and can be presented / shown in a graphic

method.

2) Equipment and manpower requirements

This will help to prepare the necessary materials and labor needs on time.

The type and amount of tools and equipments for implementation.

Manpower needs or equipment will be identified under this topics.

3) Identification of research priorities

Relevant research needs will be pointed out

4) Cost estimate.

Cost estimate; if possible for each year of the plan period will be made

Note: - Over all opinion about the watershed aspect of the project should be

summarized in brief in the feasibility study of the project.

(3) Water shade development Scenario

Optional Development strategies in the water shade should be made

(4) Water Resource and Land use planning in the water shade has to be

discussed with its future possible potentials.

1) Hydrological balances and quantifications

2) Extent of degradation and recommended solution

3) Soil and Water conservation physical work quantification

(5) Community organization and development in the water shade

management

Up and down stream water use right in the basin, community awareness’s

and participation strategies for basin protection, development and use

should be dictated.




5.7 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

5.7.1. General

Under take a thorough environmental impact assessment (EIA) study will

describe and quantify the effects of the development on natural resources

and human environment which have been surveyed by previous studies

(identification and pre-feasibility study) and based on the conclusive ideas

established during these stages/whether a certain impact should be studied

further or not in the identified sub – catchments and schemes.

By caring the required detailed assessment works in the various sub

catchments of the study area a total area level evaluation and prioritization

of the major impacts shall be made to recommend measures for mitigating

the negative impacts and ways and means of exploiting the benefits

concerned, agencies and local population shall be involved in the study area.

5.7.2. Detailed scope of the environment

(1) Description of the proposed project the proximity of the proposed project

components to the sensitive resources and homesteads shall be discussed

(2) Description of the environment: Assemble, evaluate and present base line

data on the relevant sociological parameters and environmental

characteristics of the study area, including water shed, site of the

headworks, command area and downstream areas.

(3) Determination of the potential impacts

1) Social and ecological effects (loss of agricultural, forestry, and grazing

land, population resettlement effect on flora and fauna)

2) Assess the impact of the project to water users downstream

3) Potential for increased incidence of water borne and water related

diseases

4) Effect of the existing and predicated land use in the watershed on the

fractioning and longevity of the proposed the headworks (diver/dam).

5) Impacts on soils (water logging, Stalinization, etc) changes in ground

water levels inside and outside command area.

6) Describe and predict the deterioration of water quality in the reservoir.

Describe:

(a) Location of the project




(b) Population

Population density per sq.km

a) Catchment

b) Submerge area

Population size in the catchment area and submerged area,

Number of peasant association affected and population displaced,

Land ownership in the affected villages,

Number of households to be displaced at project site.

(c) State if there is any investment in the project area

(d) Indicate industrial and other development projects in the area

a) In the catchment area

b) In the submergence area ( if any)

c) In the command area

(e) To what extent the surrounding urban/rural centers depend.

a) On the catchment area

b) In the submergence area

c) In the command area

(f) Details of development activities in the affected area

a) Drought prone area program

b) Small farmer development program

c) Rural development Program

d) Tribal development program

e) Other programs

(g) Social services

Social services Catchment area Reservoir area Command area

(h) Resettlement

a) Details of rehabilitation committee, if any

b) Existing guidelines for resettlement, and compensation in each

and/or kind if any

(i) Is it possible to resettle the displace people in a new village? If yes

a) Distance of the new settlement from the present habitat

b) Facilities provided

c) Facilities to be provided

(j) What is the attitude of the local authorities on the projects?




5.7.3. Basic information affecting the environment

Break-up of land use pattern in the catchment and submerged area

No

Land use type Catchments

area (ha) Submerged area (ha)

Command area (ha)

Forest land Cultivated land Shrubs & fallow Wet land Grazing land Water bodies Other uses Total

Forest type in the catchment submerged, and command area (indicate

type of trees, whether sparser, thickly wooded and other details)

indicate the areas that are already conserved and not conserved.

Is downstream area subjected to flooding?

Ground water

(a) Depth of G.Q table

(a) Maximum

(b) Minimum

(d) Quality of G,Q

a) Potable /non potable

b) Fit for irrigation /industry /both

Present ground water use pattern in the catchment

What is the method of farming in the project area?

Rate of fertilizer and pesticide use in the catchment area

Name of kushet Fertilizer (qt) Pesticide (qt)

Total production rate in the catchment, command and submerged

area Types of

crops Catchments area Submerged area Command area

Area Yield Value Area Yield Value Area Yield Value




0Average land holding

(a) In the catchment ________________________ha

(b) In the project /submerged _______________ ha

How many times in a year do farmers in the project area harvest?

Live stock population in the catchment, submergence and command

area Kushet

Live stock population (No) Catchment area Submergence

area Command area

5.7.4. Environmental status

(1) a. Does the area support economically viable aquatic life like fish?

b. Are there any fish breeding grounds in the river?

(2) Wild animal and birds

a. Does the site contains wildlife (including birds)

b. Indicate the number of wildlife available in the area

c. Breading feeding area

d. Migration route

e. Is the area potential wildlife sanctuary?

(3) Flora and fauna in the submerged area

a. Specify if there is any rate or encage red species of flora and fauna

found in the project area.

b. What measures do you propose to salvage/rehabilitate

(4) Is the area a tourist resort?

(5) Are any monuments /site of cultural/historical, religious or recreational

importance likely to be affected by the proposed project?

(6) Indicate known pollution sources in the catchments area

5.7.5 Environmental impacts

(1) General

1) Will the project help in flood control or reduction of flood mitigation?




2) What is the potential loss in aquatic production on site, up and down

stream (fish, and other aquatic animals and plants?)

3) If it is a dam project will the impended reservoir lead to

- Noxious aquatic weeds like savinia and water hyacinth etc.

4) Indicate the magnitude of the impact due to population pressure on

a. Failing of trees for fire wood

b. Forest fires, and

c. Overgrazing

5) Indicate the rate of using fire woods as a source of cooking energy in

relation to other similar sources like cow dung (including the actual nearest

sources)

(2) Information required from the office of ministry of health

1) What type of medical facility exists in the proposed project area?

2) Give, information about the following water related diseases:

Water borne: Cholera, Bacterial dysentery, Typhoid, Amoebiasis

Water washed: Schistosomiasis, Dracunouliasis

Insect vector- borne: Malaria, Trypanasomiasis, Lymphatic fraises,

Loasiasis, Onchocerciasis

Faccal disposal felated: Anchylostomiasis

3) Give details of existing or planned control program of any of the above

diseases.

4) Describe existing programs of regular health education, vaccination and

treatment in village.

5) How many health officers are employed in the project area? Doctors,

Nurses and Health assistants.

6) List the disease which you consider most serious in this region and give

reasons why?

7) Describe any other risks, which occur in the region as the result of

agriculture (Poisoning with agro- chemicals, pollution of water sources, etc)

estimate the number of cases per year if possible.

(3) Generally the EIA report can be organized as given below;

1) Executive summary

Containing the source of information, methodologies used and timing

2) Introduction

3) Description of the proposed study

4) Description of the existing environment




a. Natural resources,

b. Socio – economic environment

c. Public health

5) Analysis of Alternative Approaches

6) Assessment of positive environmental impacts

7) Assessment of potential negative environmental impacts

a. Environmental impacts related to project location

b. Impacts related to project construction

c. Impacts related to project operation

8) Environmental mitigation plan (General plan)

9) Environmental monitoring plan (General plan)

10) Cost estimate for the environmental mitigations and monitoring plans (in

collaboration with the design engineers)

11) Conclusion and recommendation (to be performed at each phase/design

construction and operational stages)

Note: Over all opinion about the Environmental aspect of the project will be

summarized in brief in the feasibility study report of the project.




5.8 SOCIO – ECONOMIC STUDY AT THE FEASIBILITY STAGE

5.8.1 Introduction

(1) Background

Socioeconomic feasibility study of Irrigation and Drainage project needs brief

and short description of the economic and social background of the existing

major economic practices, source of income, employment, poverty status

and food insecurity situation.

(2) Objectives

1) General Objectives

The general objectives of socioeconomic feasibility study of Irrigation and

Drainage project is to assess the existing socioeconomic conditions of the

project area, identify the administration boundaries and the beneficiary

households, analyse the attitudes and the willingness of the community for

the proposed development project and forecast the impact of the project on

the beneficiaries and on the surrounding communities.

2) Specific Objectives

The basic objectives of the socio-economic feasibility study include:

To assess the existing social, economic and institutional issues and

constraints that may hinder the successful implementation of the

proposed project

To identify potential areas for improving the livelihoods of the

communities in the project areas and to identify different possible

interventions for sustainable development

To undertake social, financial and economic cost benefit analysis of

the project which can establish the acceptability of the project for

funding

(3) Scope

There is a need to carry out feasibility study and detail design for

construction of irrigation and drainage projects. In line with this, the scope

of socioeconomic study is to assess existing socioeconomic situation,

potentials and constraints and to realize that the project study and designs

results are in favor of the desired social, economic and institutional

objectives of particular project.




(4) Methodology

The socio-economic feasibility study of Irrigation and Drainage Project has

been based on the assessment of all factors which could influence or be

influenced by the project. In order to obtain detailed socioeconomic

information about the project area, different data collection approaches and

methodologies could be applied; these are primary and secondary data

collection methods.

1) Primary Data Collection

Before the start of the actual data collection on indicators data collection

instruments must be prepared and tested. Data is collected using the

appropriate data collection instrument. Data collection instruments include:

questionnaires, checklists, interview guides and other necessary forms that

are used for recording data. Data collection personnel include: staff,

enumerators, facilitators, field supervisors and researchers. Data collection

personnel may need to be trained. Generally, data collection methods can be

classified into: Structured and less structured.

(a) The Structured methods include:

Sample Surveys (sampling a representative share of household1)

Self-administered questionnaires

(b) The Less Structured methods include:

Group discussions

Focus group interviews

Key informant interviews (KII)

Key observant interviews

Field visits

Participant observation and measurements

Community interviews (General Meeting)

Conversation with stakeholders

Transect walks

Historical analysis

Timelines

1 A household comprises a person, a group of persons, generally bound by ties of kinship, who live together under a single

roof or within a single compound, and who share a community of life in that they are answerable to the same head and share

a common sources of food.




Community resource mapping

The Less structured methods are especially useful to collect qualitative data.

The investigator can use structured and less structured or separately of the

two data collection methods based on the resources (finance, personnel &

other) at hand. Similarly, the household survey sample size will be

determined based on the total number of households, the diversity

(homogeneity and heterogeneity) of the population or socio economic

conditions and the availability of local resources to be collected and

organized.

2) Secondary Data Collection

Secondary data is recorded data or information on different socio economic

issues, parameters and variable and checklist need to be prepared to collect

and locate the data source. The data sources could be:

Project area Specific socio economic information should be collected at

kebele level and kebele development office/Das.

Woreda socio economic overview could be collected from the respective

woreda sector office and other stakeholders.

Desk review of study reports if any and relevant information from

annual reports (Zone, Woreda and even at region level). Therefore,

different qualitative and quantitative information will be collected,

analyzed to prepare the project feasibility study socioeconomic report.

(5) Data Analysis

Once socio-economic data is collected, it must be analyzed in order to

generate results, make conclusions and develop recommendations. Data

must be analyzed according to the main interests of the different users of

findings. In general there are at least three basic questions that should be

considered in choosing method of analysis.

What is the characteristic of the data at hand: qualitative or

quantitative?

What type of statistical tools is appropriate to achieve the stated

objectives?

Is the required capacity of experts available to carry out the analysis

and interpret the results of the study?




Depending on the type of data we have, data analysis can be divided in to

Quantitative and Qualitative analysis. Quantitative analysis demonstrates

the degree of casual relationships using quantitative data. There are

different Quantitative analysis techniques such includes:-

Simple Aggregation: deals with a single variable which includes

frequency, standard deviation, averages and percentage distribution

Examination of Difference: This helps to identify whether there is

significant difference between or among two or more variables. In this

regard t-test can be used.

Measures of Association: This procedure helps to determine

statistically whether there exists association between two variables

Explaining Cause-Effect Relationship (Regression Analysis): there are

different kinds of regression models so as to predict the cause effect

relationship between the dependent variable (explained variable) and

the independent variable (explanatory variable).

Qualitative analysis uses qualitative information obtained from a literature

review, interview, or a focus group discussion etc. The basic qualitative

analysis methods include:

Explain the Situation: convey to readers (those who might utilize the

qualitative data) the whole picture of the intervention including what

is happening in the area, how stakeholder are perceiving the

intervention, and in what situation specific activities or events are

being implemented

Classify Information According to patterns and Issues: find out

information or the results of observations that can be classified under

the same issue or concept and bring them together in a group

Examine relationships within information: The situation and issues of

an intervention can be understood by logically classifying qualitative

data into such categories as the process and effects of the

intervention. Tables or flowcharts may be helpful to identify those

categories and explain the relationship among them.




(6) Data presentation

Different primary and secondary data will be collected in the feasibility

study of irrigation projects. However, relevant and realistic data will be

presented in the socioeconomic report of the project. Depending on the type

of qualitative and quantitative data, data presentation will be in Table,

Graph and Chart.

5.8.2 Project Rationale

Clear justification why we study or propose the project?

5.8.3 Existing Situation Assessment

Existing agricultural practices, income and employment

Poverty status and food insecurity

5.8.4 Socio-Economic Profiles and Characteristics

(1) Review of Previous study reports, proclamations, and Policies Issues

Previous study reports

Relevant information

(2) Administrative Structure

Under administrative structure socio-economist has to shortly and clearly

describe where the project is located with respect to Regional State, Zone,

Wereda, (woredas), Kebele (Kebeles) and specific project site.

(3) Demographic Characteristics

The need to study demographic features and population in relation to

irrigation development. Demographic feature provide information to

understand current population size and family size including population

composition in terms of sex, age, ethnic groups, migration and spatial

distribution…etc. Therefore, population composition, population dynamics

and population distribution (population density and agricultural density,

population movement in or out) needs to be assessed by the socio-

economists.




1) Population Composition and Distribution

(a) Project Beneficiaries

Direct and indirect project beneficiaries

Landless, women, children, adjacent urban and near by kebeles

population beneficiaries needs to be estimated and described well

(b) Population Composition

Population composition of the project area can be assessed in terms of

sex (male, female), age, ethnic groups.

(c) Population Distribution

Population distribution in the project area rural and urban

population. Population density (population density and agricultural

density), migration and spatial distribution…etc. needs to be

assessed.

Crude density expressed as number of people to total area of land in km2 i.e.

Population Density=

Population in number and cultivated area in hectare, i.e.

Agricultural Density=

Population projection for the project period and its implication on food

demand and on local pressure.

Pt= Po(1+r)n where= Population at time t; Po Base population

figure; r=population growth rate and n = projection period. This

formula is mainly applied for financial and economic analysis.

Similarly, the formula used for predicting future value of present

money or present value of future money if manipulated and used

to predict human population.

Pt = P0ert

Where Pt=population at year t;P0=base year population;

e=constant e, the base of natural logarithm; r=population growth

rate and t=projection year

Total rural population of the project area

Total cultivated area in the project area (area in km2)

Total population of the project area

Total delineated area of the project (area in km2)



174

(4) Household Characteristics

1) Family Size

Average family size

Average age (young or old aged)

Immigration issues

2) Household Labour

Supply of family labour (peak/slack seasons of labour-

unskilled/skilled)

Allocation of labour (farm work, off-farm work, education, others)

3) Education Level

Education level of the household and member of household

Male & female headed household education level

(5) Settlement pattern

Settlement pattern of the population such as clustered, scattered, township,

nucleated or any other form of the existing population in the project area

needs clear description.

(6) Ethnic Groups, Language and Religion

Describe in brief the ethnic composition, the language and religion of the

population of the project area in relation to the development of irrigation

project.

(7) Economic Base, Occupation2 and Employment

Economic source/ major means of livelihoods/potential income

generating activities

Farming System

Crop production (potential crops, area covered by potential crops,

constraints of crop production)

Irrigation and Crop Production

Livestock production (Major livestock type, size, major diseases,

number and type of veterinary services & major constraints)

Off-farm income, Non-farm income

2 Occupation: the activity that generates the most income or the activity to which the person allocate

the most time. Occupation can be described as primary and secondary.




Other economic activities & potentials (potentials of apiculture, fish, forest

& forest product etc)

(8) Food Insecurity / food deficit / Situations

Food insecurity occurrence in the area / kebele (years of food insecurity.)

Seasonal food insecurity months

Acute food insecurity occurrence months food aid type/amount for the

period

Cause of food insecurity

Food in secured people (number or %) or safety-net program assisted

household

Who are the most affected (Women, men, children, elders, others)

Food insecurity copping strategies in the area

(9) Irrigation & Water Harvesting Activities

Experience of irrigation & WH technologies in the area

Source of irrigation water, land size, beneficiaries.

Types of irrigation methods & crop grown

Types of WHTs’

Water Management practices, Institutions involved in irrigation sector

(from upper to lower level)

Major potentials areas’ and constraints

5.8.5 Household Productive Asset

(1) Labor Power (Human Capital)

Household size

Potential labor (unskilled and skilled)

(2) Land

Level of Desegregation and quality of land

Land use and Existing Management

Land use proclamation and existing land use (Cultivated, Homesteads

plots, Cultivated land, grazing land, Woodlots, Communal land and

other)

Land certification issues

Land acquirement issues in the project area

Poor or weak hhs , Women hhs land use situations

Agricultural and employment income tax




Rural land using payments

Land tax (irrigated /Rain fed)

(3) Livestock

Major livestock type, size, major diseases and number

Type of veterinary services & major constraints

(4) Farm Size

Average farm size

Average Grazing land and others

(5) Housing Status

House type (Iron sheet, thatch, other)

Average house size, living space

Average number of rooms, doors, windows

Average house age,

House utilities (Toilets, cooking facilities, Electricity, water supply,

others)

Household furniture & equipment

(6) Agricultural equipment and transportation

Basic farm equipment (to carry out farming operation-hand tools,

pumps, others)

Transport resources (HH motorized or other)

(7) Household Incomes and Expenditure

The household economy provides data on different socioeconomic

features income, expense, constraints, poverty situations and growth

prospects of the area. It is to help understanding the existing and the

projected economic status of the people to be served.

Existing Household income by type

Household consumption expenditure (major consumption items),

In general, understanding the current/ existing household economy is

one of the socio economic indicators of the community.

(8) Other agricultural facilities and Productive Assets

Identify storage facilities, barns, livestock sheds and cages

A household engaged in fishing may have boat, net other fishing

equipment, others also have sewing machine and so on




(9) Non-productive Assets

Non-productive assets such as furniture, radios, television, consumer

durables (cooking, utensils, lamps, blankets) owned by the household

needs to be identified

5.8.6 Social Services, Infrastructures & Local Living Standard

(1) Water Supply

Sources of water for human & livestock use, distance to water points

Water Supply Schemes-

Current beneficiaries

Seasonal Water demand & supply

Sanitation-community awareness, solid & liquid disposal, problems

Major problems/solutions

(2) Health Services

Health institutions (H.post, centers, hospital)—(#, health

professionals, Top ten diseases, distance & travel time)

Top diseases (Malaria and its control)

Activities on family planning, HIV/Aids, Gender issues

Health facilities-water, toilet, light power, other health issues


(3) Education Services

Number and type of schools (Kindergartens, Primary, Secondary,

technical schools, others)

Distance and travel time

Education facilities-water, toilet, light power, other issues

Students enrolment, drop outs, number of teachers, Gender issues


(4) Roads

Access to roads –distance & time

All weather roads in km

Dry weather roads in km

(5) Other Social Services

Other than the above social services, other social services and infrastructure

such as electricity or source of power, banking & insurance, postal services

and telephone (by type regular and mobile services) needs to be described




under these points. The description should focus with respect to the

proposed irrigation project and with future development of the area.

(6) Market & Product Marketing

Potential market centers (within/outside, distance & time taken)

Accessibility, Marketing Chain of major crops

Market Infrastructure (storage, road, market information, and

transport facilities)

Potentials of the market to absorb the production of the scheme

Major problems-En-route, at the market center, during

transaction/recommendations

Target markets for the project outputs should be assessed

Competitors or similar irrigation projects outputs supply

Marketing linkage---Cooperative, Union, Agro processing and other

Exports and Value adding possibilities

Supply to and linkage with deficits area

Oromia agricultural product marketing agency relation and linkage

(7) Agro-processing/agri-business/farms or other investments

The existing agro-processing, agri-business activities, agricultural farms,

mechanizations and other investment activities in the project area needs to

be described in brief in conducting socio-economy study of an irrigation

project.

(8) NGOs & Religious organizations

Existing international and local NGO’s, development organization and

religion organizations, their plan and time of operation in the area. Their

contribution for irrigation development and community management has to

be described very detail.

(9) Small scale Micro-enterprise

Currently, small scale micro-enterprise plays a leading role in local level

development, in providing wide range of support and facilitating wide

transaction. The existing small scale micro-enterprise in the area should be

assessed in brief and proposed for the future irrigation project development.

(10) Micro-finance institutions/credits sources/ and others

Financial institutions are critical in providing finance for irrigation

development and they are the engines for farm operation and management.




Therefore, in study and design of an irrigation project the assessment of

micro-finance institutions/credits sources/ and others are very significant.

(11) Gender issues

Level of women’s participation

Access to land and basic services (education, health, portable water,

energy, credit, flour mill, extension & veterinary)

Labour division (related to domestic work, agriculture, livestock, daily

labour & migration, off-farm income generation)

Asset ownership

Decision making

Control over assets and financial resources

Daily routine tasks diagram

Membership of local institutions

Female headed households

(12) Local /Traditional institutions/cooperatives

In conducting socio-economy study and design stage the socio-economist

has to assess the existing local or traditional community institutions or

organization such as Idir, Debo, Wonfel, Senbete, funeral arrangement of the

community and similar other institutions, which has direct linkage and

contribution for future project operation and management.

(13) Agricultural extensions/inputs used, FTCs’, Health posts, DAs’

Irrigation extension services have a great role in the development of an

irrigation project. Therefore, the socio-economist has to assess in detail the

existing irrigation extension services, inputs supply and demand, the

existence of Development Agent (DA), its role, availability of FTC, its

functions, problems, availability of animal health services and other

technology utilization of farmers. Similarly the linkage between research and

extension has to be assessed and incorporated in the study document.

(14) Domestic energy and construction wood sources

Sources of domestic energy sources

Responsible body for firewood, charcoal, animal dung collection




5.8.7 Social and Economic Impact

Briefly summarize the aggregate impact of the project over time in

generating extra output, increasing demand for items such as seeds,

machinery, equipment etc., creating new employment, and raising the

demand for credit.

All negative impacts identified should be highlighted in the study

report. Action plans for mitigation, such as resettlement and

rehabilitation plans or special designs for structures, should be briefly

described. The costs of such action plans should be presented, as

should estimates of the social costs of the project if any to arise

It is required to identify project affected people like;

Expected displacement due to the intended project, if any

Size and nature of land that will be submerged (settlement, grazing

land, crop land, forest land, other social value such as recreational,

holy place, aesthetic etc.

Examining the attitude of people towards relocation, irrigation

development and land redistribution

Study thoroughly social conflict and resolution mechanisms.

5.8.8 Project Direct and Indirect Benefits

Any project has direct and indirect benefits. The socio-economist has to

clearly identify and show in his/her analysis the direct and indirect benefits

of the irrigation project under consideration.

5.8.9 Development Potentials, Constraints and Opportunities

In the socio-economy study and design of an irrigation project the

assessment of existing potentials, constraints and opportunities were the

basic element of the study, which will show the future development of the

project area. Therefore, the Socio-economist has to analyze in detail the

existing potentials, constraints and opportunities of the project area.




5.9 FINANCIAL AND ECONOMIC ANALYSIS

5.9.1 Introduction

The development of irrigation is essential for agricultural growth and its

benefit is also well recognized by farmers. The existences of basic irrigation

water supply infrastructures accompanied by reliable and timely supply of

farm inputs and proper farm management practices have got diversified

uses. These enables farmers to increase cropping intensity so that crops can

be grown in two or more seasons on the same land, to bring new land under

cultivation, to get higher crop yields from existing crops with greater

certainty, to shift to higher value crops and to optimize crop verities in line

with their major uses and achieve other benefits.

These benefits to individual farmers have considerable impact in the

economy as a whole in the form of meeting the need of rising demand. In

addition to direct production benefits, irrigation normally generates

increased demand for labor and indirectly stimulates a broad range of

economic activities in the surrounding areas.

Financial and Economic analysis provide a framework within which all

aspects of a proposed project can be evaluated in a coordinated and

systematic manner. A project carefully analyzed in the light of financial and

economic analysis has a better chance of being implemented on time and

providing the required benefits. The policy makers are concerned about

where scarce capital resources can best be directed to maximize economic

growth and higher social and economic returns.

The financial analysis determines the financial viability of the project and is

concerned with individual financial entities which participate in a project -

farmers, businessmen, private corporations, public agencies, or whoever –

each is directly concerned about the return to the capital he contributes. It

also deals with the estimation of the return to all equity capital or all capital

used in the proposed project. In this study, the three measures of project

viability which are Benefit Cost Ratio (BCR), Net Present Value (NPV) and

Internal Rate of Return (IRR) are used to determine the viability of the

project. These are discounted measures of project worthiness actually

preferred but there are also other undiscounted measures such as payback

period and others.

In economic analysis, the decision maker is keen to know the total return or

productivity and profitability to the whole of the society or the economy of all

the resources committed to the development of project regardless of who in




the economy contributes them and regardless of who in the society receives

the benefits from the proposed project. The project which maximizes returns

to capital is given the highest rank and the analysis helps in identifying

those projects which make the greatest contribution to national income. It

allows for remuneration to labor and other inputs at economic prices or

shadow prices which are intended to approximate true opportunity costs.

This approach assumes that capital is the most important limit to the faster

economic growth.

Both types of analysis are conducted in monetary terms, the major

difference lying in the definition of costs and benefits. To meet the objective,

a comprehensive financial and economic method of analysis which is

indicative of resource use and efficiency has to be prepared for the irrigation

projects. The benefits from crop production would be in terms of additional

production minus extra costs incurred by the producers. Thus, the main

estimates included with respect to financial and economic analysis are: cost

structure and benefit streams, net returns from the existing and proposed

crops, farm budgets, calculations of NPV, IRR and B/C, tentative source of

finance, share of investments and sensitivity analysis.

(1) Objective

1) General Objective

The main objective of financial and economic analysis study of an Irrigation

Project is to undertake a comprehensive financial and economic study of the

project in terms of its viability and to help take investment decision.

2) Specific Objective

The specific objectives are: to estimate the magnitude of capital investment

and annual operational expenditures, to estimate annual benefits and to

assess whether the project is a worthwhile investment resources which

meets the established basic feasibility criteria for financial and economic

viability. To meet the stated objective, the scope of task includes

comprehensive financial and economic analysis will be prepared for the

irrigation projects. The basic data that will be considered in the analysis will

be;

Cost structure of the irrigation project

Estimate financial and economic annual net returns from the existing

and proposed crops in the command area and farm budgets,




Financial analysis data base that are indicative of resource use and

levels of returns,

Evaluated the project in terms of financial return

Tested financial viability of the project including calculations of NPV,

IRR and B/C ,

Indicated source of finance and share of investments

Economic analysis and economic return evaluated and

Sensitivity analysis tested by using the financial and economic criteria

by changing for all of the major factors.

(2) Basic Principles and Concepts

Financial Analysis: The financial analysis is concerned with the individual

financial entities which participate in a project. In financial analysis

outflow/cost and inflow/benefit primarily use market price. The financial

analysis is more concerned investment financial profitability to farm

operators as a business entity.

Economic analysis: The purpose of economic analysis of the proposed

project is to measure its real contribution to the national income. The

essence in economic analysis is that market prices as used in the financial

analysis do not often reflect such opportunity cost values and the prices

used in the economic analysis have to be real reflecting the true scarcity

value or opportunity cost value. Therefore, the economic analysis requires

for the adjustments of the financial benefits and the costs in to their

respective real values in order to reflect their opportunity cost values. The

purpose and aims in economic analysis is to test optimum allocation of

scarce capital resources, and measure the extent to which investment to the

project contributes additional economic value to the national economy based

on the appropriate parameters as conversion factors. These parameters have

been used in valuing the cost and benefit items for irrigation project where

Economic Price= Market Price * CF. Conversion factors are used based on

the documents prepared as National Economic Parameters for Ethiopia

(1998).

(3)Methodology and Conceptual Framework

Experience on the preparation of similar irrigation projects and the

guidelines of irrigation project financial and economic analysis technique

will be used. The analysis should consider “without” and “with” project

situations and identified involved cost and benefits, crop and farm budgets




per models per hectare and developed the project cost and income flow and

computed the analysis.

1) Crop Budget: Crop budgets and farm budgets both for the existing (pre

irrigation) as well as proposed crops under post irrigation stage will be

prepared. While preparing the budgets for proposed crops under irrigated

conditions, yield build up for the crops for minimum 5 consecutive years will

be used. Cost of cultivation of crops will be computed on the basis of input

use and their prices. The inputs included in computation of cost of

production are human labor, oxen labor, seed, fertilizers, pesticides and

other variable costs. Gross returns will be computed by utilizing the

information on crop yields and producers prices. Net profits will be

calculated by deducting the cost of cultivation from the gross returns under

both the situations of with and without the project. Gross returns will be

computed by utilizing the information on crop yields and producers prices.

The farm gate crop prices are used to evaluate the benefit of the project

based on the current price of the base year. Net profits from production of

crops will be calculated from the gross returns and cost of cultivation under

both the situations. The crop wise net returns per ha and area devoted to

various crops on the basis of cropping pattern have been used for computing

the total net returns from crops for each year.

2) Secondary Benefits: The benefits from a project may be tangible and

intangible. In case of irrigation projects the tangible benefits would be in

terms of introduction of new crops, crop diversification and yield increases

of existing crops. The new agricultural technology requires optimal soil

moisture as a pre-requisite for better utilization of other productivity

enhancing inputs such as improved seeds, fertilizers, chemicals and

improved farm equipments and machinery. Moreover, irrigation schemes

allow multiple cropping and thereby increase the level of cropping intensity.

The secondary benefits are also termed as indirect or intangible benefits

arising from the development of the project and occur due mainly to

multiplier effect of investment. The secondary effects are extremely difficult

to evaluate. There will be some forward and backward linkages due to more

production .These are in terms of more economic activities in the area in

terms of trade and commerce. Generation of employment in rural areas is

another important secondary benefit from irrigation project. Besides,

irrigation schemes create employment opportunity for unemployed and




under employed labor force and landless farmers. Irrigation projects result

into development of roads and other infrastructure in the inaccessible areas.

There are many intangible benefits which are difficult to measure but are

important. The most common indirect effect would be on human population

in terms of their improved socio economic status including better health,

education, and overall development. This will bring improvement in quality

of life. There may be improvement in livestock, vegetable, and fruit

production, improvement in trade, transport and other related sectors.

However, only direct benefits from irrigated agriculture will be considered for

financial and economic analysis.

3) Inputs and Outputs: Engineering cost estimate, project life and other

investment cost should be provided by the irrigation engineer for the weir

and related irrigation infrastructure. The agronomist report will be used for

cropping patterns, unit requirement of seed rates, fertilizers, pesticides,

labor days & oxen days required for one hectare of land. Generally, the

following data will be obtained from Agronomist.

The preparation of cropping intensity (Land or ‘’Command area’’

Development Plan).

The selection of crops to be grown (Proposed Crops)

Yield build-up period from year one (1) to the year when optimum

yield is achieved.

Optimum level and uses of different inputs at the optimum yield level

Pattern and uses of inputs from year one to the year when optimum

yield is achieved.

Moreover, prices of inputs and outputs will be obtained from the data

collected by Economist/ Socio-economist

The intensity of cultivation (cropping season) should be twice in a

year, full irrigation and supplementary irrigation.

One of the season is for commercial farming such as vegetables,

fruits, perennial crops, etc. (full irrigation) in which some percentage

of the irrigable land also is used for cereals.

The other season is for cultivation of cereals (supplementary

irrigation) with some percentage of vegetables, fruits, perennial crops,

etc.




4) Farm Budget: Farm budget will be developed from farm models by giving

the inflows and outflows monetary values. In order to know the gross and

net benefit of the “with” and “without” project conditions details of gross,

net and incremental net benefit, farm budget will be prepared per hectare

basis first and transformed to the whole area of the proposed project.

5) Comparison Between “With” And “Without” Project:- All the relevant cost

and benefit items with and without the project will be identified, valued with

appropriate prices and incremental net returns with the project computed.

Cost inflow and outflow, crop budget, farm cost and net returns computed

for with and without the project situation based on the unit farm model and

arrived at gross and net incremental return of the project. In making the

analysis, incremental project costs will be calculated by deducting costs of

the “without” project from the “with” project condition. Similarly incremental

benefits will be determined by deducting the gross benefits of the “without”

project situation from the gross benefits of the “with” project condition. The

comparison of the financial situation "without” and “with” the project

situation should be clearly stated. Finally, net incremental benefits will

calculated by deducting incremental costs from incremental benefits.

6) Prices of Inputs and Outputs: Prices in the financial analysis for both cost

and benefit streams are those, which are actually received and spent by the

project at the farm site commonly called “farm-gate” prices. Prices

information are one of the determinants in cost and benefit projection and

used site specific as collected in and around the project area. Prices of

output are that are actually received by farmers and are attributable to their

crop production activities. Price information will be collected for the existing

and proposed crops and analyzed for appropriate price in the analysis.

7) Farm gate price: Prices of crops are actually received by farmers and are

attributable to their crop production activities and not to any other services.

In other words, these prices should therefore, relate to farm gate ones which

are actually received by the farmers. Farmers may sell their crops at their

farm gate or at the nearest village markets without involving marketing

services. However, if the sale of their crops involves marketing and other

services like transport, speculation, storage for long time etc, cost on

account of these services should be deducted to arrive at the farm gate

prices.




Similarly input price information collected at project sites mainly cost of

fertilizer, improved seeds, prices of tools, equipment and packing materials,

Wage for unskilled labour and oxen power cost will be assessed at the

project area for consideration in the analysis.

Prices for both cost and benefit items will be taken to be in constant. This

means that prices should not very with inflation over years, although

consideration will have to be given if there is a distinct possibility of changes

in relative prices.

8) Project Period/Life: There is no hard and fast rule about the length of the

project period to be analyzed. One of the indicators for the length of the

project period for which analysis has to be carried out is the technical life of

the major capital assets. However, the economic life of such capital assets

may be shorter because of technological obsolescence. Therefore, for

diversion 20-25 years, for Pump irrigation 10 years, micro earth dams

15years and macro earth dams 30 years will be taken as appropriate for the

analysis.

9) Opportunity Cost Of Capital: The opportunity cost of capital will be 11 %,

which is recommended 10 % to 12 % by the Ministry of Finance and

Economic Development of the Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia. In

accordance with the findings of the study on Commercial Bank of Ethiopia

this cut of discount rate is 11 % and this has been accepted for financial

analysis of most projects in the country.

10) Financial and Economic Viability Indicators and approach: Net Present

Value (NPV), internal rate of return (IRR) and Benefit Cost Ratio (B/C) are

used to determine the financial and economic viability of irrigation project.

The NPV measures the attractiveness of project to the farm households and

national economy and the decision criteria is to accept project where NPV is

greater or equal to zero, at zero value it was a matter of indifference to

implement the project or not when discounted at the opportunity cost of

capital. The IRR earns back all the capital and operating costs expanded

upon it and pay a given percent for the use of the money in the mean time.

The selection criterion is to accept the project with IRR greater than the

opportunity cost of capital. Benefit Cost Ratio (B/C) is the ratio of the

present worth of benefit to the present worth of costs. The selection criteria

in financial B/C ratio are accepting projects where the B/C ratio is one or




more when discounted at the opportunity cost of capital. The three

measures of project viability will be used to determine the viability of the

project. The three commonly used indicators of project viability were

computed using the following formulae:

Net Present Value

N P V t t

tt

n B Ci

11

Where Bt = benefit in year t;

Ct = cost in year t;

t = 1, 2, 3, ...;

n = number of years;

i = interest (discount) rate

Benefit Cost Ratio

B

C

tt

t

n

tt

t

n

Bi

Ci

1

1

1

1

This indicator is equivalent to the ratio of the present value of benefits to the

present value of costs. If there is no limitation of funds, the decision

criterion is to accept any project having B/C ratio greater than 1. Internal Rate of Return

I R R t t

tt

n B Ci

11

0

Or

IRR LDR UDR LDR NPVNPV NPV

( ) 1

1 2

Where; LDR = lower discount rate at which its NPV is positive;

UDR = upper discount rate at which its NPV is negative;

NPV1 = Net Present Value at the lower discount rate; and

NPV2 = Net Present Value at the upper discount rate




The internal rate of return is a widely accepted criterion in project analysis

and it is a very useful measure of project evaluation. The formal selection

criterion for the internal rate of return measure of project worth is to accept

all independent projects having an internal rate of return equal to or greater

than the opportunity cost of capital (11%). The decision criterion in the

Ethiopian context is to accept a project if it’s IRR is above the cutting edge of

11%, opportunity cost of capital.

Financial and Economic Viability Indicators and implications

Net present value (NPV), internal rate of return (IRR), and B/C ratio are used

to determine the viability of the proposed project. Although, data base for

the financial and economic viability test differs, the approach and

implication of viability indicators are the same.

11) Net present value/NPV: The NPV measures the attractiveness of a

project and the decision criteria is to accept all projects where NPV positive

when discounted at the opportunity cost of capital. The NPV earns back all

the capital and operating costs expended upon it and pay a given percent for

the use of the money in the mean time.

12) Internal rate of return/IRR: The selection criterion with IRR is to accept

where IRR result is greater than the opportunity cost of capital that justifies

the project earns more than is opportunity cost and worth to implement.

13) Benefit -Cost ratio (B/C): It is defined as the ratio of the present worth of

benefits to the present worth of costs. The selection criteria in financial B/C

ratio are accepting all projects where the B/C ratio is greater than

discounted at the opportunity cost of capital.

14) Techniques of Calculating IRR, NPV & B/C: Since different amounts of

costs are incurred and different quantities of benefits arises in different

years over the life of the project, present values of both costs and benefits

have to be determined in order to compare them. The process of estimating

present value of costs and benefits is said to be discounting. The FIRR and

FNPV are determined by discounting incremental benefits (return) stream or

incremental cash flow. However, B/C criterion does not require cash flow,

here incremental cost and incremental benefits are discounted

independently and benefits to cost ratio will be taken.




15) Treatment of Transfer Payments: The most common transfer payments

in an agricultural project like irrigation includes taxes, subsides, loan

receipt, interest and repayment of principal. In financial analysis taxes are

treated as out flows since these are considered as expenses. Interest also

paid to the services of loan and subsidies are benefits to the households

from the government.

16) Sensitivity Analysis: In sensitivity analysis, an attempt is made to

examine the implication of increased cost of investment and reduced

benefits on the returns of the project. Projections of returns and costs are

uncertain and subject to change. Reworking an analysis to see what

happens under these changed circumstances is termed as sensitivity

analysis. In this analysis, an assessment is made to the extent to which the

proposed investment implies risk for the project.

17) Financial Statements: The major financial statements are designed to

provide information of the overall financial position and performance of the

business .The financial statements include the projections of income

statement, cash flow, and balance sheets. The profit and loss account or

income statement is to measure and report how much profit the business

could generate over a particular period. The cash flow statement shows what

cash movements took place over a particular period. The balance sheet

concerns about the accumulated wealth of the business at the end of a

particular period.

18) Source of Finance: The source of finance to cover the initial investment,

replacement, and operating costs together with loan repayment period will

be discussed in the analysis report.

5.9.2 The Project

(1) Technology

Depending on land topography and other considerations, there will be

various irrigation technology options like (pumps, diversion, dam…etc) in

irrigation system development. Technology type is one factor determining

irrigation project cost and the technology should be assessed in conducting

the FCBA & ECBA of an irrigation project.




(2) Command area and Beneficiaries

The Return and cost flow will depend on net irrigable land area and land

development plan. Considering water availability and other limiting factor,

the net irrigable area and expected household beneficiaries should be

assessed well. Based on this basic ground, benefit and cost accruing

estimated under “without” and “with” project. (3) Project cost

1) General

Financial analysis requires data on capital cost of the project as well as the

yearly ‘operation & maintenance cost’. The capital cost includes cost of

construction of all engineering structures and developing infrastructure

required for implementation of the project including temporary haul roads

and permanent access roads. It is also needs consideration in the analysis

that cost associated with catchment development, other cost and accruing

benefits. 2) Irrigation infrastructure and system Investment Cost

Based on the prepared bill of quantity and cost estimates irrigation

infrastructure and system development cost will be estimated and included

in the following Table with clear specification. Some costs such as

management/supervision (5%), contingency (10%) and VAT tax (15%) will be

included in the Table. Table -40 Investment cost- Irrigation infrastructure and system development No Item Estimated cost I. Irrigation infrastructure and system development cost

1 Mobilization and Demobilization 2 Camping 3 Headworks 4 Access Road 5 Main canal 6 Secondary canals 7 Tertiary canals

8 Drainage System

9 Irrigation Structures

10 Flood Protection Work

Total Engineering cost

II. Management & Supervision cost (5%) Total including management & supervision cost Total Investment with Contingency (10%) Grand total Investment with VAT (15%)

Source: Engineering cost estimate/ BOQ




3) Contingency

The financial requirement of the project is estimated on the basis of the

identified cost category. However, to cover any unforeseen physical

expenses, it is advisable that the initial capital investment increases by 10%

so that project promoters could mobilize additional sum of financial

resources required for initial investment. Price contingency which allow for

the likely effects of inflation are not considered since the analysis is worked

on the basis of constant price.

4) Other farm tools/implements investment cost

With the development of the irrigation system, improved farm tools and

implements are required. Considering the land size, the proposed irrigation

project will require motor cycle/vehicle for project management &

supervision and expected to be covered by woreda/government. Other farm

tools will be estimated based on the area planned for development

(sprayer/ha and others tools /ha. List of the required tools should be given

as described in Table below.

Table -41 Other Farm tools and implements Sl.No Items Unit Quantity unit price Total cost

I Farm implements 1 Knapsack sprayer with accessories No ∙ ∙ ∙

∙ ∙ ∙

∙ ∙ ∙

∙ ∙ ∙

∙ ∙ ∙

∙ ∙ ∙

Sub total II. Motor cycle No

Sub total Others miscellaneous cost Total

Farmers used to purchase farm tools for farm activities and some of farm

costs will be assumed to be covered and financed by household beneficiaries

and some will be supported from woreda/ government.

5) Replacement cost

Replacement cost some times included in maintenance cost. Major

irrigation structure and equipment replacement will be included in

maintenance cost where farm tools are considered as replacement cost.

Farm tools will be estimated and assumed for replacement every five years.




The total replacement cost that will be expected to incur every five years

should be estimated. Motor cycle is for management and supervision

activities and will be assumed from woreda agriculture budget and the other

cost is part of operation and maintenance and expected to cover by target

beneficiaries. The replacement Costs are taken 10% of the major structure

i.e. 10% of the weir, MC or other structure.

6) Investment schedule

Small scale irrigation project will be assumed to be completed in two years

and investment cost spread will be assumed 80% and 20% in first year and

second year in respective order. Medium scale irrigation project will take 3-5

years period for construction.

7) Operation & Maintenance Cost

Irrigation project expected to wear and tear out and maintenance required

ensuring sustainable operation of the system. This includes replacement

cost for purchase and changing major irrigation equipment. Operation cost

is the other cost intended for operation and running project as stipulated in

project plan and this cost includes farmers and experts/staffs training as

capacity building and other running cost. Training cost will be assumed for

the first two years as capacity building. Maintenance cost in most project

analysis assumes 2-10% of investment cost and for this analysis 3% of the

investment cost will be applied. The detail of O & M should be prepared in

separate Table. These costs will be assumed to be financed by community in

the form of labor and financial contribution that requires establishing strong

water users association for mobilization of financial and labor contribution

for smooth and sustainable service from the proposed irrigation schemes.

Table -42 Operation and Maintenance cost

Year Maintenance Running

cost Training

& CB Other

miscellaneous Total

1

2

3

4

5

8) Project Financing

Farm tools and other replacement cost as well as operation and

maintenance cost will be assumed to be covered from beneficiaries’




communities. In addition to this, the project investment is expected to be

financed with participation of communities that willing to contribute labor

and other local materials and the total will be estimated to 10-50% of the

project cost. The remaining project cost investment cost will be expected to

be covered and financed either from government source or other external

sources.

(4) Operating and working capital

1) Operating Capital: Cash would be required to cover temporal cash deficits

of annual fixed and variable operational expenses which couldn’t be

overcome by the current transaction of the initial operational 1 year period.

In line with this, the cost is proposed to be covered by loan capital. Of this,

the beneficiary farmers would cover their variable costs through credit

arrangement. The operation and maintenance costs are proposed to be

covered by the government whereas the beneficiary farmers would be

responsible for the periods beyond. The total estimated operating capital for

initial operational year 1 will be estimated and presented in Table like

indicated below.

Table -43 Estimated Operating Capital (as HINT)

Operating Capital Operating Capital

(in ETB) <Variable Cost> Labor Machinery Seed Fertilizer -DAP Fertilizer –UREA Weeds Control Farm Implements Land Tax Miscellaneous <Maintenance and Operational Fixed Cost> Irrigation Works Pumping Station Civil Works Pipeline Power Transmission Line & E/M Equipment Miscellaneous <Total>

2) Working Capital: The working capital includes stocks of input and output,

work in progress, accounts receivable and payable as well as cash. The




magnitudes of input and output stocks are determined by considering the

perishability and seasonality of what is produced. The output and the input

stocks are assumed and determined at 0.20% of the output and 0.25% of

the input level. Accounts payable and accounts receivables are considered

to constitute 2% and 3%, respectively. The real magnitudes however will be

revealed during the operation stage. The cash flow of the project includes

the requirement of working capital in order to ensure that it includes

sufficient cash for the normal operation of the project. The incremental

working capital in the final year of the project life will be negative since

stocks will be exhausted and accounts settled. The total working capital

requirement shown at the end of Table 44 would be multiplied by negative

so that the figure becomes positive. The estimated working capital is given in

Table 44.

Table -44 Estimated Working Capital

Yr Stock of Out Put

Stocks of inputs

Total Stocks

Incremental Stocks

Accounts Receivables

Accounts Payable

Net Receivables

Net Incremental Receivables

Incremental Working Capital

Total

3) Total Investment Cost: Total investment cost consisting of initial

investment cost, contingency, working capital, operating capital and

reinvestment capital will be summarized and presented as in the following

Table.

Table -45 Total Estimated Cost No Cost Classification Cost (ETB)

1 Initial Investment 1.1 Initial Investment Cost 1.2 Physical Contingency 1.3 VAT (15%) Sub-Total Operating And Working Capital 1.4 Operating Capital 1.5 Working Capital Sub-Total Total

(5) Annual Operating Cost

The operating costs are composed of the annual variable and fixed costs. All

of the annual costs to be incurred on recurring basis for production,




maintenance, raw materials, manpower, and other expenses are included

under the cost category of operating costs. 1) Annual Variable Costs: The items that are categorized under the variable

costs are items that would be used for the direct production of crops. Under

the variable operating cost, various types of costs required to run the

operation are included. They include costs of labor, seed, fertilizers, land

taxes, miscellaneous expenses, and others. The variable cost required prior

to the start of production will be covered by the initial investment capital

and is termed as operating capital. Accordingly, the operating cost of year 1

will be financed by the operating capital that needs to be financing

arrangements similar to the initial investment. 2) Annual Fixed Operating Costs: In addition to variable costs, operation

and maintenance of the infrastructures are considered to constitute part of

the fixed operating costs that involve significant amount of financial

requirement. It is estimated that each Irrigation Works, Pumping Station

Civil Works, Pipeline, Power Transmission Line & E/M Equipment

constitutes some % of their respective investment costs. The annual fixed

and variable operational costs will be summarized as shown in Table below.

Table -46 Annual Fixed and Variable Operating Costs

Items 3rd Year

4th Year

5th Year

6th year

7th year

8th-27th year Total

<Variable Costs> Labor Machinery Seed Fertilizer -DAP Fertilizer –Urea Weeds Control Farm Implements Land Tax Miscellaneous Total <Fixed> Irrigation Works Pumping Station Civil Works (if any) Pipeline (if any) Power Transmission Line & E/M Equipment (if any) Miscellaneous Total <Grand Total>




3) Local and Foreign Components: Out of the total operating costs, fertilizers

and pesticides will be requiring purchases in foreign currencies. These

inputs are available from the importers and thus will be procured in local

currencies. However, if a necessity of importing them at the entire expense

of the project occurs, the foreign currency requirement of the operating costs

is estimated and incorporated in the study. Similarly, the breakdown of

other operational costs in terms of foreign and local cost components will be

estimated. The share annual operating costs in terms of local and foreign

currencies will be presented as in the following Table.

Table -47 Local and Foreign Components of Operational Costs

Expenses Annual O & M Costs In ETB

Total Cost Local Foreign <Fixed Operational Cost> Irrigation Works Pumping Station Civil Works Pipeline Power Transmission Line & E/M Equipment Miscellaneous <Variable Costs> Labor Machinery Seed Fertilizer-DAP Fertilizer-UREA Weeds Control Farm Implements Land Tax Miscellaneous <Total Fixed And Variable> %Age

4) Estimated Tax Payments: The payment of taxes would be estimated

based on the existing legal framework of the country.

5.9.3 Financial Analysis

The financial analysis considered two scenarios, with and without project.

The financial analysis computed by considering cropping pattern, return

and cost flow considering with and without project scenarios.




(1) Without project

1) Cropping pattern and land allocation

The existing cropping pattern and dominants crops in the project area both

in wet and dry seasons should be assessed its % must be identified in the

analysis from agronomic report. The cropping pattern for the financial

analysis in the project area will be described and clearly considered as

indicated in the Table below.

Table -48 Without project/Existing cropping pattern (%) Existing cropping pattern (%)

Existing Crop (%) Wet Season

Total Dry season

Total Source: Agronomy report

2) Farm input and yield estimates

The existing condition and farmers at the project area used input should be

assessed inputs such as:

3) Labor

The crop production activities will involve importantly the use of farmer’s

family labor. The demand for labor will obviously be increased substantially

with the intensification of agricultural activities under irrigation. All the

relevant operations involving crop production requiring human labor first

been identified and the demand for labour for each operation at optimum

level of yield is then estimated.

The demand for labour differs among crops and more importantly, it

fluctuates markedly between peek and slack periods within the single

season for each crop. The demand for labour also varies between two crops

seasons depending on the cropping pattern. There will however be seasonal

peeks in demand within each season. The extent of surplus in supply of

labor in such that represent family is likely to meet the demand in peak

periods. On the other hand, the farm families are expected to help each

other on the basis of mutual cooperation during such time without cash

payment in accordance with the prevailing practice. Unskilled labor for

construction is available in the area and skilled labour can be obtained near




and around the project area. Therefore, the costs of labour for each activity

are included in this analysis.

4) Oxen power

Oxen power will be used by the peasants for land preparation, threshing and

transport of crops. The hiring charge for oxen for ploughing, threshing and

transport should be included. The oxen power cost should be included in

the analysis of the project.

5) Fertilizers

Chemical fertilizers such as Urea and DAP are recommended to be used for

the proposed crops. Different study indicates that fertilizer application

contributes to the yield increase at the rate of 40%. The cost of fertilizer

should be included as a component in the analysis.

6) Seeds (Cereals/Vegetables)

The contribution of seed to yield will vary in accordance with the difference

in quality of seed. The difference in the quality of seed is reflected in its cost.

Therefore, the cost of seed should be included in the financial analysis.

7) Chemicals

Different Chemicals are to be used to save crops from damage by pests,

diseases and weeds. Different types of chemicals will be used depending on

the types of pests, diseases and weeds and prices are different for different

types of chemicals. Cost on account of chemical should be calculated and

included in detail or lump sum.

8) Agricultural Practices and Management

The quality of agricultural practices and management will have significant

role in increasing the yield of crops. Agricultural practices and management

are expected to contribute 40% of the increase in yield. Therefore, major

costs of agricultural practices and management should be included in the

financial cost and benefit analysis of the project.

9) Tools equipment and packing materials (Sacks)

The tools and packing materials for target groups generally included hoe,

spade, axe, sickles and etc. These last for a number of years. The cost on

account of these items has been estimated in lump sum for crop production




activities in accordance with the annual repair and maintenance

requirement. Packing materials (Sacks) are needed to transport and store

crops. The requirement of sacks is calculated on the basis of amount and

type of harvested crops. Hence, major farm cost items for without project as

shown in Table 49 and 50 should be included and cost estimation should be

conducted.

10) Farm cost and income

In order to estimate the incremental income which will be obtained because

of the project, it is necessary to estimate the return of the “without” project

situations. Without project wet and dry season production will be estimated.

As a hint without project farm income and cost summary indicated in Table

49 and 50 below.

Table -49 Without project farm income and cost-Wet season

Unit Maize Banana Maize + Banana

RETURN/ha

Yield Qt Price Br/qt

Gross Return Br/ha Cost/ha TOTAL Br/ha Net Return/ha Br/ha AREA-Total ha TOTAL Return Br TOTAL COST Br Net return Br

Table -50 Without project farm income and cost-Dry Season Description Unit Maize Banana Sweet potato Total

RETURN/ha Yield Qt Price Br

Gross Return Br Cost/ha cost Br/ha

Net return Br/ha AREA Total ha Gross total return Br TOTAL COST Br

Net Return Br

Summary (Wet+Dry Season) Grand total return Br Grand total cost Br Net total return Br




(2) With project

Cropping pattern: Wet and dry season production considered and there

will be different crops proposed with project development. Crops

proposed for wet season and dry season should be analysed

independently and summarized in one Table.

Table -51 Cropping pattern (Hint) Wet season Percent (%)

Dry season

Land Development Plan

The project as small scale irrigation project is possible to complete

construction in one year period. However, in order to be realistic some

unexpected constraints taken into consideration and some few activities

might complete in first quarter of the second year and land development

plan assumed to reach full capacity utilization in two years period (1st year

80% and 2nd year 100%). Based on this understanding land area to be

under irrigation in year 1 and 2 will be proposed, respectively. It assumed to

attain full stage in second year and remain same order then after. Based on

the proposed cropping pattern and land development plan, crop coverage in

each year computed as presented in Table 52.

Table -52 Land development plan and cropping (as Hint) Land development plan & cropping (ha)

Proposed crops 1 2 3 4 5 6 Capacity (%)

Dry season

Source: computed based on cropping pattern proposed and land

development plan

Input and farm operation cost

Development of the irrigation project expected to increase yield and

productivity with optimum application of agricultural input. Farm input and




cost as well as expected gross and net return with project situation will be

estimated and should be described in Table.

Yield builds up

Crop yield will be estimated based on the level of crop management,

required practices, availability of agricultural inputs, proper extension

activities, and existing climatic situations for crop production and other

considerations like observation of existing yield condition, anticipated

research out puts…etc. Considering these parameters, the yield projection

will be given as in Table 53.

Table -53 Yield build up

Crop season Proposed crops & yield (Qt/ha)

1 2 3 4 5 Wet season

Dry season

Source: Agronomy study of the project

Price of input and output

Price used in the analysis is farm gate price that farmers receive as farm

income and hence price of output used the farm gate price collected at

project area. Sometimes price collected tends to reflect the retail price and in

such case retail price changed to producer price by deducting 10% as

market cost from the retail price.

Farm budget and net incremental return

Farm budget will prepared for both wet and dry season. The wet and dry

season annual net return will be prepared independently as in Table below.

Table -54 With project return and cost- Wet Season Return/Cost unit 1 2 3 4 5

Sub-total benefits Br Sub-total costs Br Net Return Br




Table -55 With project return and cost- Dry Season Return/Cost Unit Year-1 2 3 4 5 Total return Br

Total costs Br Net Return Br

Annual income and cost of both seasons are presented and summary in

Table 56 below.

Table -56 Summary of Annual return and cost-Both seasons Return/Cost Year-1 2 3 4 5 Total return WET + Dry)

Total Cost(WET + Dry )

Annual total Net Return

Annual Net incremental Return

%

Incremental Return: It is also important to look the incremental net

return of the project. The Net incremental return is the annual

incremental income of the project computed by deducting without project

net return from the with project total net return. Accordingly, net

incremental return gradually increases.

Table -57 With project return and cost flow Crops

Description Unit Project Year

1 2 3 4 5 1) Maize Area HA

Gross Return/Ha BR

Total Gross Return BR

Cost/Ha BR

Total Cost BR

Net Return

2) Chat Area Ha Gross Return/Ha BR Total Gross Return BR Cost/Ha BR

Total Cost HA Net Return

3) Banana Area Ha Gross Return/Ha BR Total Gross Return BR Cost/Ha BR

Total Cost BR Net Return*

4) Haricot Bean

Area Ha Gross Return/Ha BR Total Gross Return BR Cost/Ha BR

Total Cost BR Net Return




Crops

Description Unit Project Year

1 2 3 4 5

5) Elephant Grass

Area Gross Return/Ha Total Gross Return Cost/Ha

Total Cost Net Return

Total Area Subtotal Costs BR

Subtotal Benefits BR Net Return

(3) Cost sharing, Loan repayment and irrigation charges

1) Cost Sharing

(a) Total Investment and Operating Costs: The total cost of the project that

would be required over the entire life of the project consists of investment

costs including initial, operating & working capital as well as annual

operating costs (including income tax). As the project is planned to be

developed for benefiting the farmers, they are in the meantime expected to

cover the entire cost by themselves. However, as the magnitude of the

financial requirement is very huge, full cost coverage by the beneficiary

farmers alone is found to be very difficult. Unless significant portion of the

cost of development is covered by others, the implementation of the project

would be a difficult task due to a constraint of financial resources. The

project therefore requires the availability of grant, loan as well as own

financial resources of the beneficiaries. The loan capital would be recovered

by the government on long term basis while the beneficiary farmers would

cover mainly their annual operating expenses.

(b) Government: The operation and maintenance costs which would be

required in the first year of operation are proposed and will be covered by

the government. Moreover, it will cover the entire investment costs for the

sake of developing the national economy.

(c) Beneficiaries: The beneficiaries would cover all of the annual operating

fixed and variable expenses out of the income to be generated. Of this, the

beneficiary farmers would cover their variable costs of year 1 through credit

arrangement. Moreover, the beneficiary farmers would be responsible to

cover operation and maintenance costs of the system for the periods beyond

year 1. The Table below shows the share of costs among government and

farmers.




Table -58 Cost Sharing of the Project

No Cost Classification Source of Finance ('000ETB) Share of Financers In %

Government Farmers Total Government Farmers Total

1 Initial Investment 1.1 Initial Investment Cost 1.2 Physical Contingency 1.3 VAT

Sub-Total Operating And Working Capital

1.4 Operating Capital 1.5 Working Capital

Sub-Total Total 2 Replacement Investment Cost 3 Annual Operating Costs Income Tax Grand Total

2) Loan Repayment/Project Financing

It is assumed that loan would be provided to the government that would be

recovered within a certain period of time. The loan repayment schedule

assumes and will have of grace period after the completion year of

investment, 10% interest rate, and limited years of repayment periods. The

loan repayment consist the payment of interest rate and loan which would

be paid on equal annual payment bases. The estimated loan repayment is

done using the method of capital recovery factor. The tentative loan

repayment schedule will be presented in the Table below form.

Table -59 Loan Repayment (000ETB)

Years Present Worth Factor

Initial Debt

Interest During Grace

Period

Remaining Debt

Interest Charges

Loan Repayment

Annual Payment

PV Annual Payment

Total

3) Cost Recovery Charges

It has been assessed that the project beneficiaries would cover their annual

variable expenses of the entire periods and operational & maintenance costs

beginning from year 2 onwards. These costs would be covered out of the

annual gross income obtainable by the beneficiaries. The cost recovery

charge will be estimated as shown in the Table 60.




Table -60 Estimated Cost Recovery Charges of O & M and Operational Expenses

No Description Unit of

Measurement

Values Share of

The Farmers

Share of The

Government Total

1 Annual Operational Periods

Years

2 Total O&M for operation Yrs ETB

2.1 Variable Costs for operation Yrs ETB

2.2 Fixed Costs for operation Yrs ETB

3 Average Annual for the Entire Land

ETB/Year

3.1 Annual Variable Costs for The Entire Land

ETB/Year

3.2 Annual Fixed Costs for The Entire Land

ETB/Year

4 Area of Land

5 Annual O&M Charge for 1 Ha Land

ETB/Ha/Year

5.1 Annual Variable Expense for 1 Ha of Land

ETB/Ha

5.2 Annual Fixed Irrigation Charge for 1 Ha of Land

ETB/Ha

(4) Project financial statements

1) Profit and Loss Forecast: The profit and loss account is also known as the

income statement and provides information on the value and costs of sales.

The trading profit also called gross profit or gross margin of the project is

calculated by subtracting the costs of sales i.e. variable operating costs from

sales revenue. The trading profit of the project is positive starting from its

commencement up to the final year of operation. It shows annual increment

during the initial years of operation and then becomes constant up to the

last year.

The net profit is the difference between the revenue and operating expenses

of the project. It is calculated by subtracting overhead operating costs,




depreciation, and loan interest from the trading profit. Income and dividend

taxes are debited against the operating profit to arrive at the final net profit

or loss. With regard to this project, dividends are assumed to be nil implying

that there wouldn’t be shareholders other than the beneficiary farmers. The

trend of the net profit after tax follows the same trend like that of the net

profit before tax and therefore doesn’t record losses for the majority year of

operation. The final net profit after tax can be divided in to dividends to

equity holders and transfer to reserves. Reserves are important for ensuring

financial stability of the project and permitting a measure of self financing of

future expansion. The trading and loss account is based on the concept of

accruals in that sales made in a certain time period are compared with the

cost of making those for which payment may not yet have been received.

Likewise, the cost of sales doesn’t include those materials used in the

manufacturing stocks and work in progress. The income statement will be

presented in the Table below.

Table -61 Income Statement

Year Sales

Total Annual Variable

Costs

Trading Profit

Total Overheads

Depreciation Unpaid Interest

Interest Paid

Net profit before Tax

Cumulative Net profit before Tax

Cumulative Net Profit After Tax

Total

2) Cash Flow Forecast: The cash flow statement contains information of

cash inflow and out flow of the project and availability of physical cash

within the project. The projected cash flow statement shows that the

cumulative cash flow remains positive and there will be enough cash

available to meet the expenditure requirement of the project at any

particular moment in time. Equity capital, loan, sales, and residual values

are recorded as the source of income i.e. cash inflow. On the other hand,

investments, operating costs, interest on loans, loan repayment, and taxes

are recorded as the cash out flow of the project. The cash out flow is

subtracted from the cash inflow. The cash flow forecast will be presented

like in the Table below.




Tab

le -

62 C

ash

Flo

w P

roje

ctio

n

Yea

r

Cas

h I

nflow

C

ash

Ou

tflo

w

Net

C

ash

F

low

Cu

mu

lati

ve

Bal

ance

C

ash

Flo

w

Gra

nt

Gov

ern

men

t F

arm

ers

Rev

enu

e Tot

al

Cas

h

Inflow

Inve

stm

ent

Cos

ts

Incr

emen

tal

Wor

kin

g

Cap

ital

Oper

atin

g C

osts

In

tere

st

on L

oan

Loa

n

Rep

aym

ent

Ban

k S

ervi

ce

An

d

Com

mit

men

t C

har

ge

Com

pan

y

Inco

me

Tax

Tot

al

Cas

h

Ou

tflo

w

Tot

al




3) Balance Sheet Forecast: The Balance Sheet consists of assets, liabilities,

and owner's equity and its purpose is to show financial position of the

project as of at a particular time of each of the analysis period. Assets,

liabilities, and owner's equity ending balances are carried over as beginning

balances to the next year whereas items such as revenues, expenses, and

dividends have balances, which arise from a particular transaction of the

year. The summation of the principal Long-Term Loan as well as the

accumulated interest accrual would be the beginning balance of loan

amount at the start of the loan repayment period. The stocks (Materials and

Finished Goods) of each year are assumed to be fully utilized at the end of

the each year. Tax will be payables one year in arrears from that in the cash

flow. The Balance sheet projection will be presented as summarized in the

Table below.




Tab

le -

63 P

roje

cted

Bal

ance

Sh

eet

No

Item

Pro

ject

Yea

r

(000 E

TB

) 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

1.1

F

ixed

Ass

ets

1.2

D

epre

ciat

ion

1.3

F

ixed

Ass

ets

Les

s D

epre

ciat

ion

2

Cu

rren

t A

sset

s

2.1

S

tock

s (M

ater

ials

an

d

Fin

ish

ed G

oods)

2.2

C

um

ula

tive

Bal

ance

C

ash

Flo

w

2.3

A

ccou

nts

Rec

eiva

ble

3

Cu

rren

t Lia

bilit

ies

3.1

A

ccou

nts

Pay

able

3.2

C

ompan

y Tax

Pay

able

4

Net

Cu

rren

t A

sset

s

5

Tot

al N

et A

sset

s

6

Lia

bilit

ies

6.1

G

ran

t

6.2

G

over

nm

ent

6.3

F

arm

ers

6.3

C

um

ula

tive

Ret

ain

ed

Pro

fit

(Los

s)

7

Tot

al L

iabilit

ies

8

Bal

ance




4) Break-Even Point: The point of activity of the project at which revenue

and costs are exactly equal is called breakeven point. The applied formula to

compute the breakeven point is as follows.

BEP = Fixed costs

(Sales revenue per unit) minus (variable costs per unit)

The annual fixed operating cost includes the annual operating costs as well

as the annualized investment costs. The annualized investment cost will be

computed through capital recovery method of calculation.

Table -64 Break-Even Point

Description Unit of

Measurement Quantity

Annual Fixed Operating Cost 000ETB Sales unit Ton Sales Revenue 000ETB Sales Revenue per unit ETB/Ton Annual variable cost ETB Variable Cost per unit ETB/Ton Contribution per unit Break Even Point (BEP) Ton/Annum

5) Payback Period: The payback period is defined as the length of time it

takes for the initial investment to be repaid out of the cumulative net cash

inflows before depreciation from the project. The payback period includes

the recovery of all of the initial investments as well as operating capital

including interests on long-term loans and bank charges that will be

incurred during the indicated payback period. The payback period can be

derived by calculating the cumulative cash flows as indicated in the Table

below.

Table -65 Payback Period 000ETB

Year Initial Investment

Annual Costs

Sales Revenue

Net Cash flows

Cumulative Cash flows

Payback Period years




(5) Financial Analysis Results

The financial analysis will be carried out after developing all the project cost

and benefit flow and gross and net returns accruing to the farmers and/or

project owners. Summary of the financial analysis results is shown in the

Table below.

Table -66 Financial Analysis Result NPV IRR B/C

(6) Risk and Sensitivity Analysis

Risk and sensitivity analysis involves identifying the variables that most

influence a project’s net benefits and quantifying the extent of their

influence, and assessing the probable effects of the result of uncertainties

and risks associated with the project. The sensitivity analysis was thus

carried out under the following major variables, using financial values;-

Table -67 Sensitivity analysis test No Sensitivity scenarios NPV IRR B/C 1 Base case

2 Increasing Investment cost by 10% and Other things remaining constant

3 Gross return decreased by 10%

4

Investment cost increase 10% and Gross return decrease by 10% at a time, Other things remaining constant

5.9.4 Economic Analysis

(1) Economic analysis

1) Purpose of Economic Analysis

The purpose of economic analysis of a project like Irrigation project is to

measure the real contribution, which the project will make to the national

income/national economy. Since in case of a public sector project as this

one, the nation as a whole invests its resources, it should have to determine

the extent of contribution such an investment of resources makes to the

national income in order to decide whether it is worthwhile to invest in this

project.




2) Comparison Between With and Without Project

As in the case of financial analysis, the economic analysis involves the

comparison of economic outcome with project if any, has to be foregone

when the project is established, net return attributable to the project will

have to exclude such benefits without the project.

3) Theoretical Basis of Economic valuation

Prices to be used in the economic analysis have to be real reflecting the true

scarcity value or opportunity cost value. However, market prices as used in

financial analysis do not often reflect such opportunity cost values because

there are various imperfections in the market. In addition, there are

government fixed prices such as in cases of fertilizers, pesticides, improved

seeds etc. Such prices are also not expected to reflect true values. Therefore,

in making economic analysis opportunity cost values (real values) of all

items of cost and benefits have to be estimated.

4) Conceptual Framework for Determining Economic Prices

Al1 the financial accounts on costs and benefits which have been estimated

for making financial analysis have to be adjusted to reflect the opportunity

cost values. In order to determine appropriate prices and conversion factors

for converting financial values into economic values, the well known UNIDO

method of project analysis has been used in this case. This method

essentially consists of expressing all the costs and benefits of a project at

domestic prices.

5) World Prices and National Economic Parameters

In economic analysis conversion factors (CF) for traded and non traded

goods will be established and used. Once such prices or conversion factors

are worked out, these can be used to projects with slight and no

adjustments depending on how these have been estimated. That is each

country normally has to work out a set of such figures to be used for the

analysis of various projects. In Ethiopia a set of appropriate values and

conversion factors called ‘National Economic Parameters for Ethiopia’ have

already been worked out on the basis of a detailed study. These parameters

have been used in valuing the cost and benefit items for the project.

Economic Price = Market Price x CF




Table -68 Conversion Factors Items Conversion

Foreign Exchange 1 Unskilled Labour Rural Formal 0.33 Skilled Labour 0.76 Transfer Payments 0 Construction 0.623 Coffee 1.05 Other Perennial Exports 1.99 Wheat 1.28 Spices 1.06 Non-Traded Agriculture 0.9 Pulses 1.17 Sesame 1.08 Oilseeds Other than Sesame 1.14 Slandered Conversion Factors 0.9 Discount Rate 10.23%

6) Determination of Economic Values

In order of traded items, import parity prices as applicable to various inputs

and outputs have to be made by (i) adjusting values for traded items (ii)

adjusting values for non-traded items and (iii) eliminating transfer payments

like taxes and subsidies.

7) Import Parity Prices

In case of traded items, import parity prices as applicable to various inputs

and outputs estimated. The estimation of import parity prices involves the

CIF price has to be adjusted on the basis of appropriate conversion factors.

8) Export parity Prices

In case of inputs and outputs which are exportable, export parity prices

have to be calculated. The calculation of such prices involves the FOB prices

at the port of export and other relevant costs from the project area up to the

exporting port. These costs other than the FOB price have to been adjusted

with the appropriate conversion factors.

9) Valuation of Non-Traded Items

With respect to non-traded items, competitive prices in the domestic market

have been determined first and these prices are then adjusted with the

appropriate conversion factors. The unskilled and skilled labour will fall in

the special category of non-traded items. The conversion factors for




unskilled labour and for the skilled labour for Ethiopia as a whole have been

worked out as a part of the ‘National economic Parameters’ as mentioned

above.

10) Constant Prices

Internationally traded items involve prices in international market while

non-traded items require competitive prices in the domestic market. But, in

both cases prices in constant terms have been used.

11) Treatment of Transfer Payments

Transfer payments such as taxes, duties, subsides, loans, payment of

interest and repayment of principal are excluded from the calculation of

economic cost or benefit. This is done because these are considered as

transfer payments and do not reduce or increase national income.

12) Project Life Time

One of the indicators for the length of the project period for which analysis

has to be carried out is the technical life of the major capital assets.

However, the economic life of such capital assets may be shorter because of

technological obsolescence. Therefore, for diversion 25 years, for Pump

irrigation 10 years, micro earth dams 15years and macro earth dams 30

years will be taken as appropriate for the economic analysis.

13) Measures of Economic Viability

Three measures of project’s viability such as internal rate of return (IRR),

net present value (NPV), and benefit cost (B-C) ratio are generally used to

determine the economic viability of projects. Of these measures, the IRR is

most widely used. Most of the international financial institutions including

the World Bank use the IRR in making economic analysis of projects. In this

study, economic IRR (EIRR) and economic (ENPV) have been used in

determining the economic viability of the project.

14) Technique of Calculating EIRR and ENPV

Since different amounts of costs are incurred and different quantities of

benefits arise in different years over the life of a project, present values of

both costs and benefits have to be determined in order to compare them.

The process of estimating present values of costs and benefits is called




discounting. The EIRR and ENPV are determined by discounting

incremental benefit (return) stream or incremental cash flow.

15) Discount Rate

Appropriate discount rate which is supposed to reflect the opportunity cost

of capital to the economy should be determined. This discount rate indicates

the cut off rate i.e. the economic internal rate of return below this rate for

any projects in general, make it economically non-viable given other factors

constant. In accordance with the findings of the study on the National

Economic Parameters for Ethiopia, this cut off discount rate is 11% and the

Government of Ethiopia has accepted this rate for economic analysis of

projects.

16) Economic prices of inputs and outputs

Conversion factors in National Economic Parameters

In determining economic prices of inputs and outputs, the conversion

factors for non-traded items as estimated and recommended in the ‘National

Economic Parameters for Ethiopia’ have been used. Conversion factors for

traded and non traded goods are available in ‘National Economic Parameters

for Ethiopia’ manuals; the current and new data will be applied during the

analysis time.

(2) Procedure of Estimating Conversion Factors for Other Non-Traded Item

In case of such items, specific conversion factor for each item has been

estimated and used in the analysis of this project.

1) Economic Prices of Internationally Traded and non-traded Inputs

In case of inputs and outputs, which are traded and non-traded

internationally, the economic prices will be estimated on the basis of import

or export parity prices as the case may be. However, for the main input and

output conversion factors are used and applied.

2) Crop Budgets (Economic)

Economic crop budgets will indicate the net returns to crop production in

real terms i.e. in opportunity cost value. These net returns are required to

estimate the economic internal rate of return to the project.




3) Components of Economic Crop Budgets

As in the case of financial crop budgets, the preparation of economic crop

budgets includes:

The selection of crops to be grown

Determination of optimum yield for each crop to be achieved,

Yield build-up period from year 1 to the year when optimum yield is

achieved

Optimum level of uses of inputs at optimum yield level

Pattern of uses of inputs from year 1 to the year when optimum yield

is achieved and

Prices of outputs and inputs. In case of economic crop budgets, all the

components except prices of inputs and outputs are the same as in

financial crop budgets.

4) Preparation of Economic Crop Budgets

An economic crop budget essentially involves the change in the valuation of

financial costs and returns by using appropriate opportunity cost prices and

conversion factors. Suitable adjustments in the values of financial analysis

have therefore, been made to determine the economic crop budgets.

(3) Project’s Cost and return (Economic)

Economic costs of the project and the economic returns to it were

determined by converting its financial costs and returns into economic ones

through appropriate prices and conversion factors. Thus, the calculation of

economic costs of and returns to the project is essentially the appropriate

valuation of financial costs and returns as estimated in the annex of

economic analysis. The financial costs and returns will be converted into

economic costs and returns on the basis of methodology and appropriate

prices as stated earlier.

1) Project Cost (Economic)

The economic costs of the project include the costs on account of

investment, operation and maintenance and replacement.

2) Investment Cost (Economic)

The total economic investment cost is composed of costs on account of

irrigation and drainage works, infrastructure, equipments for project

operating agency, peasant farms.




3) Operation and Maintenance Cost (Economic)

Components of operation and maintenance costs are 3% of the total

investment cost.

4) Replacement Cost (Economic)

The structure and equipments for the operation of the project will have to be

replaced periodically according to the life span of each item. Replacement

Costs are also taken 10% of the major structure i.e. 10% of the weir, MC or

other structure.

5) Return to Project (Economic)

The economic return to project includes net return with project. The

calculation of incremental net return involves the deduction of net return

without project from the net return with project.

(4) Economic Rate of Return, sensitivity analysis and other benefits

In order to determine the degree to which the project is viable from the

national point of view, the economic internal rate of returns (EIRRs), the

ENPVs and B/C ratio have also been subjected to sensitivity tests by

changing important variables in order to assess the soundness of the

estimates for the economic viability of the project.

1) Economic Rate of Return

Economic costs, economic returns and incremental returns (incremental

cash flow) have been estimated by applying the methodology enunciated

earlier. The incremental cash flow has been discounted to determine the

internal rate of return as stated in the methodology part.

2) Economic Net Return With and Without Project

Economic net returns with out and with project case are already estimated

and analyzed with the above mentioned methodology.

3) Prices

As indicated in the above methodology, constant prices have been used. For

price estimation certain base year should be selected and used.




(5) Risk and Uncertainty (Sensitivity Analysis)

Sensitivity analysis is undertaken to help identify the key variables that can

influence the project cost and benefit streams. Sensitivity analysis has to be

carried out to test the soundness of economic results. It involves

recalculating the project results for different values of major variables where

they are varied one at a time. Combinations of changes in values can also be

investigated. Sensitivity analysis involves four steps:

Selecting those variables to which the project decision may be

sensitive;

Determining the extent to which the value of such variables may differ

from the base case;

Calculating the effect of different values on the project results by

recalculating the project NPV and IRR; and

Interpreting the results and designing mitigating actions.

The important variables which might adversely affect the rate of return

include increase in investment cost, increase cost of production, decrease

benefit of the project, increase cost and decrease of benefit simultaneously

etc.




5.10 COMMUNITY ORGANIZATION, PARTICIPATION AND

MANAGEMENT (INSTITUTIONAL ASSESSMENT)

5.10.1 Introduction

(1) Background

The needs of community organizations, existing participation in the local

level development, traditional organizations and management needs to be

assessed and included under the project background.

(2) Objective of the study

1) General Objectives

The general objective of community organization, participation and

management (institutional assessment) is to identify existing community

and existing local level support institutions willingness, their share of

participation and propose future community organization or feasible

institutions.

2) Specific Objectives

Identify existing communities’ willingness and decision on the

proposed projects

Assess existing institution, stakeholders and institutional

arrangement including opportunities, issues and constraint

Understand community perception, attitude and participation and

demand driven of the project expressed in terms of demonstrable

willingness of the user community to commit themselves in

contributing resource and acceptance/ownership responsibility for

Operation and Maintenance of schemes.

Identify forms (modes) of community participation or ways of

maximizing communities participation

Propose workable institutional systems that promote effective

planning, design, construction and O & M of Small scale irrigation

project.

(3) Methodology

In most cases to identify communities’ willingness and decision on the

proposed projects preferably PRA techniques, Focus Group Discussion

(FGD), Key Informant Interview (KII) shall be used.




In addition to the PRA techniques, conventional sample survey

methods can be used and before directly involved in the study &

Design of the project the following basic points should be conducted

Clear consultation and communication with District officials, PA

officials, DA’s and Individual farmers in the project area

Community sensitization

Community awareness creation (Brief description about project idea,

its plan, future direction & the objectives of the study crew to District

officials, PA officials, DA’s, individual farmers and others in & around

the project area)

5.10.2 Assessment of Existing Situation

(1) Review of the National Policy and Regulations

Review of the National Irrigation (Water) Policy and Regulation

Review of the Regional Irrigation Development Policy and Regulation

Review of the Public Participation Policy and Strategy of the Country

(2) Review of the Legal Environment

Legal frame work for IWUA

By-laws and Internal Regulations for IWUA/IWUC

Cooperative Societies Proclamation

The Rural Land Administration and Use Regulation

Inputs supply, Extension and Product Marketing Regulation

(3) Existing Organization and Management Situation

Administration Status of the Project Area

Existing irrigation project management systems and practices

Community Organizations/ Associations/ of the project area

(4) Review of Existing Regional, Zonal, Woreda and local Level Institutional

Support should be conducted. Such review includes:

Regional Irrigation Development Authority

Regional Bureau of Agriculture

Regional Corporative Promotion

Regional Land Use and Environmental Protection Bureau

Also Community Consultation and Participation should be assessed




(5) Community Attitude and Interest in decision making in the development

process

1) Forms/Modes of Community Participation or Public Participation in the

Past Local Development Activities.

Assess the existing or the past forms of community participation with

regards to:

Labour Contribution

Materials Capacity (sand, stone, different woods and other)

Financial Capacity

Administrative Capacity

Other if any

Generally identify or assess the contribution of the community in

the past from the total development activities cost in percentage,

indicate kind of contribution (labor, material, money, etc,) in terms

of money and volume of the work they involved and their past

participation need to be quantified and clearly shown in value (Birr)

How were the communities labor contribution schedule made on

the basis of their slack and active period?

2) Traditional Conflict Management/Resolution systems

Describe the existing traditional conflict management or conflict resolution

mechanisms.

3) Risk management strategies

Describe the existing farmers risk copping and management strategies in

the proposed project area.

4) Operation and Maintenance (O & M) Cost recovery

Assess and identify the operation and maintenance cost and proposed

future O & M cost recovery mechanism of the project. The cost should

consider the existing production and future return of the project, which

have great contribution for sustainability of irrigation project.

(6) Problems and Constraints

Assess the existing critical problem and constraints with regard to

community organization and participation.




5.10.3 Proposed Organizational Arrangements

(1) General Overview

Describe the general background and the need of proposed organization and

management of the proposed irrigation project.

(2) Conduct General Community Meeting: - Discuss with the community

openly about:

1) The Irrigation project proposed plan, benefit and future management

2) Explain clearly the duties & responsibilities of the community & OIDA

3) Identify Forms (Modes) of Community Participation or Ways of

Maximizing participation

Labour Contribution

Materials Capacity (Sand, stone, different woods and other)

Financial Capacity Community Support Capacity = (M + F + L) x 100

X

Where: M-Financial value of materials contribution

F- Total value of cash contribution

L-Financial value of labour contribution

X-Total cost of the project

Administrative Capacity, other if any

Generally the contribution of the community from the total project

cost in terms or kind of contribution (labor, material, money, etc,)

should be quantified in terms of money; type and volume of the work

they involve.

The beneficiaries will confirm participation in the form of labor,

material and money. This will be included in the agreement and

signed by the beneficiaries and authorized by the local

administration. Also this participation shall be quantified and clearly

shown in value (Birr) in the project document Bill of Quantity (BOQ)

to clearly state communities project costs share.

The beneficiaries' labor contribution schedule will be done on the

basis of their slack period and they also shall approve their

participation.




Table -69 Community contribution in the project construction (Birr) S.No Work Item Unit Qty unit cost Total cost

1 Access road 1.1 From kabale to site km 2 49,652.01 99,304.01 2 Rectangular Lined canal

2.1 Site clearing m2 110 10.08 1,108.80 · · ·

· · ·

· · ·

· · ·

· · ·

· · ·

1) Assess the attitudes, views and opinions of different stakeholders towards

the new project (Based on the meeting and discussion)

Community Attitudes (positive, Negative, indifferent, etc)

Kebele Administrative Attitudes (positive, Négative, indifférent, etc.,)

District Administrative Attitudes (positive, Negative, indifferent, etc)

Different groups (upstream, downstream and nearby resident’s)

General Commitment attitudes and Consciences

2) The Issues of Displacement

Identify the expected / existence of displacement due to the intended

project

The effect of displacement if any, size and nature of land/asset that

will be affected (settlement, grazing land, crop land, forest land, other

social value such as recreational, holy place, aesthetic etc)

If there is necessity of compensation payment or replacement of

properties due to construction of the project, the study shall be

conducted with the beneficiaries and the study and design team. The

agreement and the consensus of the community shall be attached to

the project document.

Different option for compensation mechanisms should be sighted

including resettlement plan

3) Land distribution amongst the farmers and land use efficiency

maximization options

Examine the existing land holding of the household

Examine the existing production condition of the household

Then, the beneficiaries shall decide on the irrigation land distribution

and confirm this by the agreement signed by all beneficiaries and

district administration and PA of the project area shall authorize this.




(3) Proposed Organizational Setup Options/Alternatives

After the assessment of the existing organizational setup of the community

the sociologist has to propose the future organization setup or organization

option or alternative of the community in managing the proposed irrigation

project.

(4) SWOT analysis for proposed Organizational Setups Options /

Alternatives

The different options of proposed organizational setup of the community or

project beneficiaries have to be assessed with respect to its strength,

weakness, opportunity and threat. The final organizational setup should be

selected and recommend for the project future operation and management.

(5) Recommended Organizational Structure for the Scheme

Recommended Irrigation Management Setups

Duties and Responsibilities of Proposed Setups and proposed By-laws

(6) Establishment of Future Irrigation WUA’s

Sociologist/Community Promoter has to establish Irrigation Water Users

Association (IWUA) in the study and detail design stage of the proposed

irrigation projects and conduct with the WUA committee members the rest

of the study and detail design of the project. In the Establishment of WUA

sociologist preferably applies the following steps of organization framework

for coordination activities of community self-management and

empowerment.

Structure, duties and responsibilities of WUA

One scheme shall have one water user association

One water user association shall have several sub-committee and

teams depending on the hydraulic nature of the scheme

One WUA shall have executive committee members delegated from the

sub-committee depending on the size of the scheme covering from the

head to the tail.

The representation of the team leaders in the sub-committee and

subcommittee chairman in the schemes structure with the intention

of having represented controls the management of the scheme and

resolve disputes.

Controls the management of the scheme and resolve disputes.

Ensure the right and duties of its members

Ensure the safety of the schemes




Represents the members in voicing views and opinions

Controls proper distribution of water to its user and settle disputes

Performs duties given by OIDA nearest representatives

Reports its activities to its members and nearest OIDA office.

(7) Proposed Cost Share, O & M Cost recovery and irrigation water fee

collection mechanisms from beneficiaries with options/scenarios

Community cost share in terms of labour, material, cash with valued

amount (in Birr) and managerial skill has to be assessed. Operation and

maintenance cost recovery of the community has to be assessed and

estimated. Similarly, irrigation water fee mechanism based on area, crop,

volume of water used and other similar methods and existing experience has

to be assessed.

(8) Community petition attachment with the document

Attach a copy of a written application presented by the communities

for development of the scheme and their commitment to participate in

the whole project cycle.

Also attach a written agreement indicating that communities will

contribute their project cost share in the form of labour or cash.

District Administration and PA is consulted and certify the need for

the project and community willingness by writing confirmation letter

5.10.4 Capacity Building

Under these points different capacity building requirement for the proposed

project needs to be assessed. Here, training type, training participants,

logistics requirement for WUA and related cost estimation needs to be

assessed and included in the document.

5.10.5 Monitoring and Evaluation Plan

(1) Monitoring

To check the community participation and cost share under different

project stage

To check whether the proposed results of the scheme are as

anticipated or not

To monitor the physical and financial activities of the scheme




To check responsible support institutions carry out their duties and

responsibilities

(2) Evaluation

There are a number of parameters that can be measured and assessed

as performance indicators. These include technical irrigation system

performance, in terms of water use efficiencies, sustainable water

supply and operation of schemes; evaluate economic and financial

return performance; as well as socio-economic impact analysis, which

evaluate the impact of economic performance on the social well-being

of the people.

Mechanism of evaluation of farmers Organization and Management

Performance

Mechanism for Scheme Evaluation




ANNEX 1 Soil and land suitability




a) Procedures to conduct soil survey

Soils are grouped into units possessing certain common physical properties

and also morphological properties, which can be readily recognized in the

field. Physical and morphological properties are texture, structure, colure,

PH, carbonate, natural vegetation, slop, erosion, depth of soil etc. Thus the

soil units are usually defined on the basis of the above-mentioned

characteristics of the surface soil.

Select a convenient starting point like a benchmark, or building or pond, or

anything in the field and identify the same on the cadastral map (village)

(1:10,000 to 1:50,000).

The soil surveyor moves up or down the slope because usually the soil

properties change in that direction. Start walking down the slope from the

starting point i.e. the bench mark Fig 1.1 and continue observing the

natural vegetation, slope of the land, soil erosion, soil depth, soil colure,

texture, by feeling the soil, PH with the help of universal Indicator of Ph-

meter salts with conductivity meter and carbonate with the help of dilute

acid at an interval of about 100 to 200 meters.

When one is walking down the slope and studies these properties one can

suddenly find that a number of soil characteristics change, For example

Slope, erosion, soil depth, colure, texture etc. Then, follow the line of change

in the soil properties as shown in fig 1.1 and demarcate it. This is the

boundary between the soil unit A and B.

Resume walking down (Traversing) the slope till the number of soil

characteristics change again. Follow the line of change of soil properties

between the soil units B and C and demarcate it on the field .In a similar

way, it is possible to demarcate the boundaries between soil units C and D,

D and E and so on as shown in Fig 1.1.

Then profiles are dug in each of the soil units A, B, C, D and E the number

of profiles depend on the relative area of the soil units, Studying these

profiles and the characteristics of which become the basis of identifying soil

series. If the characteristics of the profile in soil units A, B, C, D and E

become the soil series A, B, C, D and E. The soil survey report is written,

describing the soil series and providing other useful information about the

area.




Boundary Between soil

unit B&C

Soil Unit D

Soil Unit A Soil unit A

Follow the line of change of

soil properties

Follow the line of change of soil

Boundary Between soil unit A&B Boundary Between soil unit A&B

Soil unit B Soil unit B

Follow the line of change of soil properties


properties

Soil Unit C Soil Unit C

Boundary Between soil unit B& C

Follow the line of change of

soil properties Follow the line of change of soil

properties

Boundary Between soil unit C&D Boundary Between soil unit C&D

Soil Unit D Follow the line of change

of soil properties

Boundary Between soil unit D&E Boundary Between

soil unit D&E

Soil Unit E Soil Unit E

Fig 1. Line of change in soil properties

Walk dow

n the slope of the landing this direction


properties




b) Physical properties of command area soils

Soil texture

Soil structure

Available water holding capacity

Bulk density

Permanent wilting point

Field capacity

Presence of organic horizon

Hydraulic conductivity

Infiltration Rate

c) Chemical characteristics of the command area soils

Soil reaction (PH)

Organic carbon (OC)

Total nitrogen

Salinity EC and soluble salts

Exchangeable actions (Na, k, ca, mg)

Cation exchange capacity (CEC)

Free calcium carbonate CaCo3)

Base sat %

ESP

Avail P

Avail k

d) Interpretation of Soil Map for Land Capability Classification

A Soil map provides us with detailed information on soils that are utilized

for the land capability classification that, in turn, indicates the suitability or

unsuitability of the soil for growing food crops or grasses continuously. The

use of land may be restricted by one or more of factors like the nature of the

soil, the landform or the climate. Capability classification emphasizes that

to get the maximum possible return from the land without any loss in its

productivity, it must be used only for what it is best suited, and adequate

precaution must be simultaneously taken to prevent any damage of the land

or decrease in its productivity.

Land capability classification is an interpretive grouping of soils based on

inherent soil characteristics, external land features and environmental

factors that may restrict the use of the land for growing varieties of crops.




The soil survey of an area is undertaken to establish the soil series of that

area which has a definite rage of morphological, physical, chemical and

mineralogical properties each of which influences land productivity.

The following information is required for land capability classification

1. The susceptibility of the soil to various factors that cause soil

damage and decrease in its productivity.

2. Its potential for crop production

The first group of information is obtained from the soil map but it is not so

easy to get the second group, which can only be obtained by growing crops

on soils.

Lands are first tentatively placed in different land capability groups on the

basis of slope of the land, erosion and depth of the soil, which are

considered individually as mentioned below.

Table-70 Classification of the Effect of Slope on Land Capability Class Slope Slope range

% Description Land capability classification

Red soil moderate depth

Red soil deep

Black soil

A B C D E F G H I

0-1 1-3 3-5 5-10 10-15 15-25 25-33

Very steep >50

Nearly level Very gently sloping Gently sloping II Moderately sloping Strongly sloping Moderately steep Steep 33-50

I II II III IV IV VI VII

I II II II III IV IV VI

II II&II IV

VI&VII

VII VII

Lands belonging to slope class A is put in class I Lands in black, red and

alluvial soil, provided other factors are favorable. As the black soils are

extremely susceptible to erosion, so lands belonging to slope B and C are

put in II, III and IV respectively.

Cultivation of land of more than 5-10% slope is discouraged, and therefore

put in classes VI and VII. Black soils of more that 10% slope are usually not

found. As red soils are usually resistant to erosion, the moderately deep and

deep red soils can be regularly cultivated for raising grain crops up to D (5

to 10% slope) and E(10-15 E slope) slope class respectively. Land belonging




to D and E slope classes belong to class III lands in moderately deep and

deep red soils respectively.

Table-71 Classification of the Effect of erosion on Land Capability Class Erosion symbol

Erosion class Description Capability class

E1

E2

E3

E4

Slight erosion Moderate erosion Severe erosion Very severe erosion

- Mild sheet erosion - Sheet and rill erosion - Excessive sheet rill erosion exposing sub-soil and small gullies are formed - Extensive gully formation

I, II III IV VI,VII

Table-72 Classification on the Basis of Effective Soil Depth Depth rang cm Depth ranges

inches Depth class

symbol Land capability classification

>90 cm 45-90 cm 22.5 –45 cm 7.5 –22.5 cm <7.5 cm

> 36 inches 18-36 inches 9-18 inches 3-9 inches < 3 inches

D5 D4 D3 D2 D1

I II III IV VI.VII

Table-73 The Effect of Climate on Land Capability Classification Nature of climate Land capability classification 1 Humid climate, rain fall is evenly

distributed Can start from class I

2 Humid climate. Dry spells occasionally occur

Can start from class II

3

Crop yields are frequently reduced by drought in sub humid climate

Can start from class II to III

4 Semi Arid climate Can start from class III to IV 5 Arid climate Can start from class IV

Other factors which are to be considered for land capacity classification

include the nutrient and water retention capacity of the soil, its salinity and

alkalinity, the available nutrient status of the soil, wetness, stoniness,

rockiness, toxicity of certain nutrients.




Each of the above factors is considered separately for the tentative

placement of lands in capability classes which are then superimposed on

each another to get the final land capability classification.

e) Characteristics of Lands Belonging to Different Capability Classes

Class I. Land is nearly level lands with deep, well drained soils of a

satisfactory texture and structure.

free from the harmful effects of salinity and alkalinity

Suitable for growing varieties of crops by adopting ordinary

good farming practices.

Respond to managing and possess high moisture and nutrient

retention capacity

Very fertile.

Class II. Land can also regularly cultivate for growing grain crops although

some easily applied special conservation practices like contour

farming are to be followed for maintaining the productivity of land.

Gently sloping lands with deep soil a satisfactory texture and

structure

Slightly affected by a salinity, alkalinity, wetness erosion etc.

This can be easily corrected. They have poor quantity of

available nutrients.

Class III. Land can also be regular cultivated for raising grain crops by

following some intensive soil conservation practices like terracing.

They are moderately sloping lands with a moderately deep soil.

They are subjected to frequent wetness.

Class IV. Lands are used to cultivate grain crops once in four years. These

lands should be left under grasses during rest of the time. They

are strongly sloping land with shallow soils. They are severely

affected by soil salinity and alkalinity soil erosion and wetness.

Class IV land usually possess sandy or concretionary soil of a

poor moisture retention capacity.

Class V. Land is nearly level lands which are not subjected to more than

slight erosion. Cultivation of grain crops on this land is not

possible due to some permanent observation like rockiness,

stoniness. These lands are best suited to growing grasses and

forest trees.

Class VI. Land is even limited for growing grasses or forest trees. The

limitations of class VI land include steep land of shallow soils




which are highly susceptible to erosion they are usually dry

gravelly/Sands/ loamy soils.

Class VII. Lands are severely limited even for growing grasses and forest

trees. They are steep rough stony land of extremely shallow soil

due to past erosion.

Class VII. Lands might have been extremely damaged by salinity and

alkalinity.

Class VIII. Lands are not suitable even for growing grasses and forest trees

because all the soil has been eroded away. So they are steep

rough stony mountains.

f) Interpretation of soil Map Information’s for Land Irrigability Classification

Land irrigability maps indicate the suitability of lands belonging to different

irritability classes for irrigation farming, the precautions that have to be

taken for growing different crops on lands and the necessity of applying soil

amendments like gypsum or lime to irrigated lands.

The classification of land according to its irrigability is based on inherent

soil characteristics like:-

Soil depth

Presence of impermeable layers ( clay pan, fragi pan)

Below the surface of the land

Soil texture and structure

Infiltration permeability of soils

Available moisture characteristics

The cation exchange capacity of soil

The soluble salt content and PH of soil

External land features like slope, erosion, stoniness rockiness

Presence of saline and alkaline particles of lands.

If it is very convenient to evenly distribute irrigation water to nearly level

land where slope percentage of the land does not exceed 0.2 percent. The

suitability of different lands for land irritgability classification should be

determined by the following criteria.




Table -74 Criteria for land irritability classification Land

percent Effective

soil depth

cm

Soil texture

Permeability Available W.H.C %

Elec.Con sat.Ext.mm hos/cm at

250C

Sodium percent

Land irrigability

class

2.0 0.2-2 2-5 5-10 10

100 75-100 50-75 25-50 25

V. fine sandy loam Silty loam Silty clay loam Sandy loam Sandy clay Clay loam Loamy sand or Clay Clay or sand Clay or sand Silty clay very Coarse sand

Medium Moderately Slow or Moderately Rapid Slow or Rapid Very slow Or very rapid Very slow Or very rapid

20% 15-20 10-15 5-10 5

4 4-8 8-12 12-16 16

10 10-15 15-30 30-50 50

I II III IV V

g) Characteristics of Lands Belonging to Different Irrigability Classes

Class I. Land is excellent lands with no limitations. They are deep level

lands where the land slope does not exceed 0.2 percent. They are

moderately permeable to water. The soil texture varies from very

fine sandy loam to silty loam or silty clay loams which are not

adversely affected by soil salinity and alkalinity or erosion. They

possess a high available water holding capacity.

Class II. Lands are slightly limited for irrigation. They may be very gently

sloping land of deep soil which possesses fairly high available

loam, sandy clay loam or clay loam which is slightly affected by

soil salinity or alkalinity permeability may be moderately slow or

moderately rapid.

Class III. Lands are moderately limited for irrigation. They are gently sloping

lands with a fairly deep soil, which is moderately affected by soil




salinity and alkalinity wetness or doughtiness. They possess a low

to moderated available water holding capacity.

Class IV. Lands are severely limited for irrigation. They are moderately

sloping land wit shallow soils with low available water holding

capacity. They are severely affected by soil salinity, alkalinity,

wetness or doughtiness.

Class V. Lands are not suitable for irrigation because they are strongly

sloping and have very shallow soil with a low available affected by

soil salinity and alkalinity.

h) Procedure to be followed in order to fill the soil profile description sheet

(Land and Soil Characteristics; Meaning, Classes)

1. Land form: - The term landform is used in this manual, is land with a

characteristic slope. Landform separation is thus based on morph metric

criteria, chief amongst which is the slope gradient.

2. Level land: - are all lands with dominant slopes between 0 and 8%.

Moreover the relief intensity is such that the difference between the highest

and the lowest point within one slope unit is mostly less than 50m Ex.

plains, plateau, depressions, low gradient foot slopes, valley floors.

3. Sloping Land: - Sloping land embraces all land forms that have dominant

slopes between 8% and 30% combined with in most cases a relief intensity

of more than 50m per slope unit Ex/ Medium – gradient mountains,

medium gradient hills, medium gradient escarpment one ridges,

mountainous highland, dissected plans

4. Steep land: - All steep land with slopes in excess of 30% considered steep

land. The main landform in this category is mountainous land

Ex. High gradient mountains

High gradient hills

High gradient escarpment zone

High gradient valleys

5. Lands with composite land forms: - Land forms, containing both level

and steep or sloping land, which cannot be separated at the scale of the

mapping, are considered composite land forms. Composite land forms are




using hypsometric qualifiers according to the characteristics of their level

part

Ex. Valleys Narrow plateaus, major depressions.

6. Slope range: - A refining of slope classes compared to those used for

major land forms is possible. The dominant slopes can be broken down into

the following class.

(1) Flat :0-2 %

(2) Gently undulating: 2-5 %

(3) Undulating: 5-8 %

(4) Rolling: 15-30%

(5) Steep: 30-60%

(6) Very steep-60%

7. Altitude range: - Absolute minimum and maximum altitude

(1) Upper wurch –3500-4050 masl, cool, humid with frost

Hazard Lower wurch –3200-3500masl LGP>270 days

(2) Upper degas–2900-3200masl – cool, most sub humid

Middle degas – 2600-2900masl – LGP 120-210 days

Lower degas –2400 –2600masl

(3) Woina degas –200-2400masl – cool sub humid LGP 180- -120 days

(4) Upper kola – 1600-2000masl warm sub humid LGP 120-180 days

Lower kola –1000-1600 masl- warm, semi arid LGP <120 days

8. Micro relief: - Gully channels termite mounds etc frequency and relief in

meters (From field, photo)

(1) Terraces

(2) Rock out crops

(3) Isolated hillocks

(4) Out crops

(5) Often terraced

9. Slope shape: - 4 Classes (from field, photo)

(1) Convex

(2) Concave




(3) Even

(4) Irregular

10. Slope Length (m): - ( For slopes of more than 2% only) slopes 3 classes

(from map, photo, field)

(1) 50 m

(2) 50 –200 m

(3) > 200m

11. Soil permeability: - Permeability of most impermeable layer within upper

100cm of profile (3 classes)

(1) Slow – Permeability rate (mm/hr)* 0.5 –1.25

(2) Moderately slow - Permeability rate (mm/hr) * 5 –16

(3) Moderate - Permeability rate (mm/hr) * 16 –50

Moderate rapid 50-160

Rapid - > 160 (From field)

12. Runoff: - As percentage of rainfall 4 classes (from field, photo)

(1) None

(2) Slight

(3) Moderate

(4) High (not quantified (from field, photo)

13. Flooding: - Occurrence of floods by (fast running water 3 classes)

(1) None. Exceptional (once every few years

(2) Common (every year)

(3) Locally:- Only part of land unit affected

( from field, farm interview, photo)

14. Pounding: - Accumulation of rain water on (almost) flat land with slowly

permeable soils, 4 classes

(1) None –slight (periods of less than 12 hours)

(2) Moderate (12-24 hours)

(3) Severe (1-3 days)

(4) Very severe (more than 3 days) from field , farmer interview, photo

15. Ground water (g.w) table: - 6 classes

(1) Seasonally saturated or very severe pounding




(2) Seasonal shallow g.w table (< 1m deep)

(3) Seasonal deep g.w table (1-2m deep

(4) Perennial shallow g.w table (<1m deep)

(5) Perennial deep g.w table (1.2m deep)

(6) Very deep (> 2m) or unknown or absent usually no exact information

available (from field)

16. Erosion status: - Observed accelerated erosion by water

4. Types: - sheet, rill, gully, stream bank

4. Grades: - none, slight, moderate, severe (none quantified)

(from field, photo)

17. Rockiness: - Percentage surface covered by rock out crops 5 classes

(from field, photo)

(1) < 0.1%

(2) 0.1 –3%

(3) 3 – 15%

(4)15-25 %

(5) 50-90 %

18. Vegetation: - Land use very general information on land cover, intensity

of cultivation, dominant crops (from field, photo, and maps of Agro – ecology

section

(1) Land Use 1) Settlement: - Residential use

Industrial use

Transport use

Recreation use

2) Agriculture: - Annual field cropping

Perennial field cropping

Tree and shrub cropping

3) Animal husbandry: - Extensive grazing

Intensive grazing

4) Forestry: - Exploitation of natural forest and woodland

plantation forestry




5) Mixed farming: - Agro forestry

Agro –pastoralist

(cropping and livestock system)

6) Extraction collecting: - Exploitation of natural

vegetation, hunting and fishing

7) Nature protection: - Nature and game preservation

Degradation control

(2) Vegetation 1) Closed forest: - Mainly evergreen forest

- Mainly deciduous forest

- Extremely xenomorphic forest

2) Wood land: - Mainly evergreen woodland

- Mainly deciduous woodland

- Extremely xenomorphic woodland

3) Scrub: - Mainly evergreen scrub

- Mainly deciduous scrub

- Extremely xenomorphic scrub land

4) Dwarf scrub and related Communities:

- Mainly evergreen dwarf scrub

Mainly deciduous dwarf scrub

Extremely xenomorphic dwarf scrubland

5) Herbaceous vegetation:

- Tall graminaid vegetation

- Medium tall grassland

- Short grassland

- Forb vegetation

- Hydro morphic fresh water vegetation

19. Effective soil depth: - Depth of soil penetrable by roots (non considering

water table, toxic substances) 5 classes

(1) Very shallow - <25cm




(2) Shallow - 25-50cm

(3) Mad. deep – 50-100 cm

(4) Deep – 100 –150 cm

(5) Very deep - > 150 cm (from field)

20. Drainage class: - Combination of internal and external drainage 7

classes, for definitions sees Guidelines (FAO 1977)

(1) Very poor

(2) Poor

(3) Imperfect

(4) Moderately well

(5) Well

(6) Somewhat excessive

(7) Excessive

21. Colure: - Moist colure of matrix at depth of appr. 50 cm codes and

terminology according to munsell (1975) (from field)

22. Mottling:-

(1) Abundance:- 1= few , 2= common,3 = many

(2) Contrast – f= fine m= medium c= coarse

(3) Contrast – f=faint, d= distince p= prominent

For definition see guidelines ( FAO 1977)

(from field)

* Fe- brown, black (mn)

23. Particle size

(1) Particles > 2mm ( Soil stoniness); Volume% of total Soil 4 classes

I < 3% III –15-40 %

II-3-15% IV-40-75%

(gr) gravel =0.2-7.5 cm

(st) stones=7.5-25 cm

(bld) bounders = > 25 cm (from field)

(2) Particles < 2mm (Soil texture, weight % of sand silt and clay)

12 textural classes




I. S- Sand

II. LS- Loamy sand

III. SL- Sandy loam

IV. SCL- Sandy clay loam

V. L- Loam

VI. Si-Silt

VII. SiL- Silty loam

VIII. SiCL- Silty clay loam

IX. CL-Clay loam

X. SiC-Silty clay

XI. SC- Sandy clay

XII. C-Clay

(From field, laboratory)(For definition see Guidelines

FAO 1977)

24. Structure: - Grade, 0= Structure less, 1=week, 2= Moderate, 3= strong

Class or size, Vf = very fine,

F= Fine

M= Medium

C= Coarse

VC= Very coarse

Type, c r= crumb

g r= granular

Sbk = sub angular

b = blocky

Abk = angular blocky

Pr = Prismatic

Col = Columnar (from field)

(for definitions see guidelines FAO 1977)

25. Consistence

(1) When wet - The quality of adhesion to other object

1) Stickiness - nst= none sticky

sst = Slightly sticky

St= Sticky

Vst= Very sticky




2) Plasticity - npl = none sticky

pl= plastic

VPL = Very plastic

(2) When moist - tendency to break into smaller masses

Lo = loose

vfr = Very friable

fr = friable

vfi = very firm

efi = extremely firm

(3) When dry = rigidity brittleness

lo=loose

so= soft

sh = slightly hard

h = hard

vh = very hard

(for definitions see guidelines FAO 1977) from field

(4) Cementation WC= weakly cemented

SC= strong cemented

Induvated =very strong cemented

26. Cracks: - Depth frequency and width of cracks in dry soil ( from field)

Locally, common, deep, wet soil, few

27. Cutans: - thickness and frequency of cutans

+ few(patchy), thin

++ Common, thin- thick

+++ Many, thick, Nature of cutans not identified ( from field)

28. Pores: - Abundance: l = few, 2= common, 3 = many

Size: Vf= Very fine f= fine, m= medium, C= coarse

(from definition see guidelines FAO 1977) (from field)

29. Slacken sides: - 3 Classes

+ = few, weakly developed

++ = Common, weakly- strongly developed

+++ = many, strongly developed (from field)




30. Bulk density: - Subsoil (3 classes)

(1) low - < 1 g/cc

(2) medium –1-1.6 g/cc

(3) high –1.6 g/cc ( from laboratory , field)

31. Roots: - Abundance: 1 = few, 2= common ,3 = many

Size: vf = very fine < 1mm diameter

f = fine 1-2 mm

m = medium 1-5 mm

c= coarse 5-10mm

vc = very coarse > 10mm ( from field)

32. Parent material

A= alluvium (fluvial)

C= alluvium (colluvium)

B= basic volcanic rocks (basalt)

P= phyroclastic 0 materials (volcanic ash)

K= Calcareous rocks (limestone)

S= coarse – grained sedimentary rocks (sand stone)




ANNEX 2 Community petition




Lakk_________

Guyyaa: _______

Abba Taayitaa Misooma Jallisi Oromiyaa

Waajjira Abba Taayitaa Misooma Jallisi Godina _____________________f

__________________/

Dhimma: Gaaffii Ijaaraa Piroojektii Misooma Jallisii Dhiyeeffachuu

Ilaala

Nuti maqaa fi mallattoon keenya armaan gaditti kan mul'atu jiraattotni

Zoonii _________________________ Aanaa _______________________

Bulchiinsa Gandaa ______________________ bishaan/lolaa Laga

___________________ humnaa fi ogummaa aadaan qabnuun jallisnee

misooma jallisii irra oolfachuuf yaalii goonu iyyuu jallisiin kun humnaa fi

ogummaa dandeettii keenyaa ol ta'e waan nu gaafateef gargaarsi

barbaachisaa ta'e karaa keessan nuu godhamee Ijaarsaa akka nuu

gaggeeffamu gaafachuuf dirqamnee jirra.

Kanaaf nuti gama keenyaan hojii qorannoo, dizaayinii fi ijaarsa

piroojektichaa keessatti qooda fudhachuuf akkasumas seeraa fi

qajeelfama mootummaa irratti hundaa'uun lafa misooma jallisii jala oolu

walii qooduuf waadaa seenaa qorannoon piroojektii kanaa karaa keessan

akka nuu gaggeeffamu ni gaafanna.

Nagaa Wajjin//

Maqaa fi mallattoo dura taa'aa

Koree Itti fayyadamtoota bishaan

jallisii/Bulchaa Gandaa


248


Miseennsota Koree Itti Fayyadamtoota Bishaan Jallisii La

kk

Maqaa Ga'ee Hojii Mallattoo Ibsa

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Guyyaa Koreen itti fayyadamtoota bishaan jallisii itti dhaabate:

_____________________________________________________________________




Itti fayyadamtoota bishaan jallisii bakka piroojektichaa Lak

k.

Maqaa A/warraa (H/Warraa)

Baa

y'ina

Maa

tii

Bal

'ina

Laf

a Jal

lisi

in

Mis

oom

uu

(Hee

k.)

Mallattoo Ibsa

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

Hub: Chaappaan Bulchiinsa Gandaa irratti haa rukutamu.




List of Authors

Name of Guidelines and Manuals Name Field Affiliation

Guideline for Irrigation Master Plan Study Preparation on Surface Water Resources

Mr. Nobuhiko Suzuki Water resources planning

Ministry of Agriculture, Forestry and Fisheries

Mr. Roba Muhyedin Irrigation Engineer OIDA Head Office

Manual for Runoff Analysis Mr. Yasukazu Kobayashi Runoff Analysis LANDTEC JAPAN, Inc.

Manual of GIS for ArcGIS (Basic & Advanced Section)

Mr. Ron Nagai GIS Application KOKUSAI KOGYO CO., LTD.

Manual on Land Use Classification Analysis Using Remote Sensing

Mr. Kazutoshi Masuda Remote Sensing KOKUSAI KOGYO CO., LTD.

Guidance for Oromia Irrigation Development Project Implementation

Mr. Kenjiro Futagami Facility Design/Construction Supervision


Study and Design Technical Guideline for Irrigation Projects (Irrigaiton Engineering Part)

Mr. Naoto Takano Facility Design/ Construction Supervision


(Socio-Economy, Community, Financial and Economic analysis Part)

Mr. Tafesse Andargie Economist OIDA Head Office

(Agronomy and Soil Part) Mr. Abdeta Nate'a Agronomist OIDA Head Office

Technical Guideline for Design of Headworks

Mr. Motohisa Wakatsuki Head works design Sanyu Consultants Inc.

Technical Guideline for Small Scale Reservoir

Mr. Haruo Hiki Project Management/ Planning/Reservoir

Sanyu Consultants Inc.

Technical Guideline for Irrigation Canal and Related Structures



Construction Control Manual Mr. Yoshiaki Otsubo Construction Supervision (Bura SSSIP)

Tokura Corporation

Guidance for Preparation of Operation and Maintenance Manual

Mr. Kenjiro Futagami Facility Design/Construction Supervision


Irrigation Water Users Association Formation and Development Manual


Strengthening Irrigation Water Users Association (IWUA) Guideline

Mr. Yasushi Osato Strengthening of WUA

Nippon Koei Co.


Small Scale Irrigation Water Management Guideline (Irrigation Water Supply Part)

Mr. Yohannes Geleta Irrigation Engineer OIDA Head Office

(Field Irrigation Water Management Part)

Mr. Abdeta Nate'a Agronomist OIDA Head Office

Remarks: Affiliation is shown when he work for CBID project.




List of Experts who contributed to revise guidelines and manuals (1/5)

Office Name Specialty

OIDA Head office Mr. Abdeta Nate'a Agronomist

OIDA Head office Mr. Kibrom Driba Irrigation Engineer

OIDA Head office Mr. Kurabachew Shewawerk Agronomist

OIDA Head office Mr. Lemma Adane Irrigation Engineer

OIDA Head office Mr. Roba Muhyedin Irrigation Engineer

OIDA Head office Mr. Shemeles Tefera Agronomist

OIDA Head office Ms. Sintayehu Getahun Irrigation Engineer

OIDA Head office Mr. Tafesse Andargie Economist

OIDA Head office Mr. Tafesse Tsegaye Irrigation Engineer

OIDA Head office Mr. Tatek Worku Irrigation Engineer

OIDA Head office Mr. Teferi Dhaba Irrigation Engineer

OIDA Head office Mr. Terfasa Fite Irrigation Engineer

OIDA Head office Mr. Tesfaye Deribe Irrigation Engineer

OIDA Head office Mr. Yohannes Dessalegn Economist

OIDA Head office Mr. Yohannes Geleta Irrigation Engineer

OWMEB Mr. Girma Etana Irrigation Engineer

OWMEB Mr. Kedir Lole Irrigation Engineer

Arsi Mr .Dedefi Ediso Agronomist

Arsi Mr. Birhanu Mussie Irrigation Engineer

Arsi Mr. Dinberu Abera Sociologist

Arsi Mr. Hussen Beriso Economist

Arsi Mr. Mulat Teshome Surveyor

Arsi Mr. Segni Bilisa Agronomist

Arsi Mr. Shewngezew Legesse Irrigation Engineer






Arsi Mr. Tamerwold Elias Irrigation Engineer

Arsi Mr. Tesfaye Gudisa Irrigation engineer

Arsi Mr. Teshome Eda'e Irrigation Engineer

Arsi Ms. Worknesh Kine Geologist

Bale Mr. Abboma Terresa Irrigation Engineer

Bale Mr. Abdulreshed Namo Irrigation Engineer

Bale Mr. Beyan Ahmed Economist

Bale Mr. Diriba Beyene Irrigation Engineer

Bale Mr. Firew Demeke Teferi Irrigation engineer

Bale Mr. Gosa Taye Debela Irrigation engineer

Bale Mr. Zeleke Agonafir Agronomist

Borena Mr. Dida Sola Irrigation Engineer

East Harerge Mr. Abdi Abdulkedar Irrigation Engineer

East Harerge Mr. Elias Abdi Irrigation Engineer

East Harerge Mr. Shemsedin kelil Irrigation Engineer

East Harerge Ms. Eskedar Mulatu Economist

East Shewa Mr. Andaregie Senbeta Economist

East Shewa Mr. Bekele Gebre Irrigation Engineer

East Shewa Mr. Dilibi ShekAli Sociologist

East Shewa Mr. Ejara Tola Agronomist

East Shewa Mr. Girma Niguse Irrigation Engineer

East Shewa Mr. Kebebew Legesse Irrigation Engineer

East Shewa Mr. Mulatu Wubishet Agronomist

East Shewa Mr. Tadesse Mekuria Agronomist






East Shewa Ms. Tigist Amare Irrigation Engineer

East Shewa Mr. Zerfu Seifu Irrigation Engineer

East Welega Mr. Benti Abose Economist

East Welega Mr. Birhanu Yadete Agronomist

East Welega Mr. Dasalegn Tesema Economist

East Welega Mr. Gamachis Asefa Irrigation Engineer

East Welega Mr. Getachew Irena Agronomist

East Welega Mr. Kidane Fekadu Irrigation Engineer

East Welega Mr. Milikesa Workeneh Irrigation Engineer

East Welega Ms. Mulunesh Bekele Irrigation Engineer

East Welega Mr. Samson Abdu Irrigation Engineer

East Welega Mr. Tulam Admasu Irrigation Engineer

East Welega Ms. Yeshimebet Bule Economist

Guji Mr. Abadir Sultan Sociology

Guji Mr. Dawud Menza Irrigation Engineer

Guji Mr. Fikadu Mekonin Geologist

Guji Mr. Megersa Ensermu Irrigation Engineer

Guji Mr. Wandesen Bakale Economist

Horoguduru Welega Mr. Seleshi Terfe Economist

Horoguduru Welega Mr. Temesgen Mekonnen Irrigation Engineer

Horoguduru Welega Mr. Tesfaye Chimdessa Economist

Illubabor Mr. Ahmed Sani Irrigation Engineer

Jimma Mr. Lebeta Adera Irrigation Engineer

Kelem Welega Mr. Ayana Fikadu Agronomist






Kelem Welega Mr. Megarsa Kumara Hydrologist

Kelem Welega Mr. Oda Teshome Economist

Northe Shewa Mr. Henok Girma Irrigation Engineer

South West Shewa Mr. Bedasa Tadele Irrigation Engineer

South West Shewa Mr. Gemechu Getachew Irrigation Engineer

West Arsi Mr. Abebe Gela Irrigation Engineer

West Arsi Mr. Demissie Gnorie Irrigation Engineer

West Arsi Mr. Feyisa Guye Irrigation Engineer

West Arsi Mr. Hashim Hussen Economist

West Arsi Mr. Jemal Jeldo Economist

West Arsi Mr. Mekonnen Merga Environmentalist

West Arsi Mr. Mohamedsafi Edris Irrigation Engineer

West Arsi Mr. Molla Lemesa Agronomist

West Arsi Mr. Tamene Kena Sociologist

West Arsi Mr. Tibaho Gobena Irrigation Engineer

West Harerge Mr. Alemayehu Daniel Agronomist

West Harerge Mr. Dereje Kefyalew Irrigation Engineer

West Harerge Mr. Ferid Hussen Irrigation Engineer

West Harerge Mr. Nuredin Adem Irrigation Engineer

West Harerge Mr. Seifu Gizaw Economist

West Shewa Mr. Jergna Dorsisa Irrigation Engineer

West Shewa Mr. Solomon Mengistu Agronomist

West Shewa Mr. Zerhun Abiyu Irrigation Engineer

West Welega Mr. Belaye kebede Irrigation Engineer






West Welega Mr. Busa Degefe Economist

West Welega Mr. Temesgen Runda Irrigation Engineer

Ministry of Agriculture Mr. Amerga Kearsie Irrigation Engineer

Ministry of Agriculture Mr. Zegeye Kassahun Agronomist

Amhara Agriculture Bureau

Mr. Assefa Zeleke Economist

OWWDSE Mr. Damtew Adefris Irrigation Engineer

OWWDSE Mr. Demelash Mulu Irrigation Engineer

OWWDSE Mr. Teshoma Wondemu Irrigation Engineer

Latinsa SC. Mr. Aschalew Deme Irrigation Engineer

Latinsa SC. Mr. Daba Feyisa Agronomist

Metaferia Consulting Engineers

Mr. Getu Getoraw Irrigation Engineer


Mr. Hassen Bahru Sociologist


Ms. Nitsuh Seifu Irrigation Engineer

Remarks: Office Name is shown when he/she works for CBID project.




List of Editors

Name of Guidelines and Manuals Name Field Affiliation

Guideline for Irrigation Master Plan Study Preparation on Surface Water Resources

Mr. Ermias Alemu Demissie Irrigation Engineer Lecturer in Arba Minch University

Mr. Zerihun Anbesa Hydrologist Lecturer in Arba Minch University


Technical Guideline for Irrigation Canal and Related Structures

Mr. Ermias Alemu Demissie Irrigation Engineer Lecturer in Arba Minch University

Mr. Bereket Bezabih Hydraulic Engineer (Geo technical)

Lecturer in Arba Minch University

Construction Control Manual Mr. Eiji Takemori Construction Supervision (Hirna SSIP)

LANDTEC JAPAN, Inc.

Construction Control Manual Dr. Hiroaki Okada

Construction Supervision (Sokido/Saraweba SSIP)

Sanyu Consultants Inc.

Construction Control Manual Mr. Shinsuke Kubo Construction Supervision (Shaya SSIP)

Independent Consulting Engineer


Construction Control Manual Mr. Toru Ikeuchi

Chief Advisor/Irrigation Technology

JIID (The Japanese Institute of Irrigation and Drainage)


Construction Control Manual Mr. Kenjiro Futagami

Facility Design/Construction Supervision


All Guidelines and Manuals Mr. Hiromu Uno Chief Advisor/Irrigation Technology


Manual for Runoff Analysis Manual of GIS for ArcGIS

(Basic & Advanced Section) Manual on Land Use

Classification Analysis Using Remote Sensing

Mr. Nobuhiko Suzuki Water resources planning


Guidance for Oromia Irrigation Development Project Implementation

Study and Design Technical Guideline for Irrigation Projects


Technical Guideline for Small Scale Reservoir

Construction Control Manual Guidance for Preparation of

Operation and Maintenance Manual

Irrigation Water Users Association Formation and Development Manual

Strengthening Irrigation Water Users Association (IWUA) Guideline

Small Scale Irrigation Water Management Guideline







List of Coordinators

Name Field Affiliation

Mr. Ryosuke Ito Coordinator/Training Independent

Mr. Tadashi Kikuchi Coordinator/Training Regional Planning International Co.





Contact Person

Mr. Yohannes Geleta (Irrigation Engineer; Environmentalist)

(Tel: 0911-981665, E-mail: [email protected]) Mr. Tafesse Andargie (Economist)

(Tel: 0911-718671, E-mail:[email protected]) Mr. Abdeta Nate'a (Agronomist)

(Tel: 0912-230407, E-mail: [email protected])

Oromia Irrigation Development Authority (OIDA) Tel: 011-1262245 C/O JICA Ethiopia Office Mina Building, 6th & 7th Floor, P.O.Box 5384, Addis Ababa, Ethiopia Tel : (251)-11-5504755 Fax: (251)-11-5504465

study and design technical guideline for...

Documents